VINCENTIO SAVIOLO his Practise.

Jn two Bookes.

The first intreating of the vse of the Rapier and Dagger.

The second, of Honor and honorable Quarrels.

LONDON Printed by IOHN WOLFE. 1595.

TO THE RIGHT HONORABLE MY singular good Lord, Robert Earle of Essex and Ewe, Viscount Here­ford, Lord Ferrers of Chartley, Bourghchier and Louain, Master of the Queenes Maiesties horse, Knight of the most noble order of the Garter, and one of her Highnesse most honorable Priuie Councell.

HAuing of late, (right Hono­rable) compi­led this simple Discourse, of managing we­pons, and dea­ling in honorable Quarrels (which I esteeme an Introduction to Mar­tiall [Page]affayres) I haue thought good to dedicate the same vnto your Honor, as vnto him whose bountie most bindeth me: whose valour in­forceth all soldiers to acknowledge you the English Achilles: whose fauouring good literature celebra­teth your name for the students Mecenas: whose benigne potecti­on and prouision for strangers, ma­keth you reported off as theyr safe sanctuary. This work, I must needs confesse, is farre vnworthie your Lordships view, in regard eyther of method or substance: and being much vnperfecter than it shoulde haue beene, if I had had copie of English to haue expressed my mea­ning as I would. But I humbly be­seech your good Lordship to ac­cept this Booke, howsoeuer it be, as [Page]a new yeeres gifte proceeding from a minde most dutifully affected to­wards you, that wisheth and pray­eth, that your Honour may inioy many good and prosperous yeres: and is presented by him that is and will be readie euerie yere, daie, and houre to liue and die at your Lordships foot to do you ser­uice.

Your Honors in all dutifulnes, Vincentio Sauiolo.

TO THE READER.

THE meanes whereby men from time to time haue bene preferred euen to the highest degrees of greatnes and dig­nitie, haue euer bene and are of two sortes, Armes and Letters: weapons & bookes, as may most plainly bee pro­ued out of antique and mo­derne histories. Let it not seeme strange vnto anie man that I haue placed Armes before Letters, for in truth I haue found by obseruing the course of times, and by comparing the occurrents of former ages with those which haue fallen out and followed (as it were by successi­on) in later yeeres, that the first Princes and patrones of people did obtaine their titles and dominions by force of Armes, and that afterwards learning & vertue did (as it were by degrees) grow and succeede for the making and establishing of good or­ders, customes, and lawes amongest them. And then did com­mon-wealths begin first to flourish, when their Princes were like Minerua, whom the Poets fained to bee the goddesse not onely of studies but also of Armes, inspiring wit into schollers, and fauoring those that follow warres. Wherefore knowing that such [Page]men as endeuour themselues to attaine vnto the excellencie of anie art or science, are worthie both of praise and preferment, because they seeke for that onely true nobilitie, which is in deede much more to be accounted of than birth and parentage. I haue beene induced (for the satisfaction of such, and other like noble spirites, desirous to imploie either their studies in the professi­on, or their liues in the practise of the arte militarie) to bestowe my paines in the writing of this Treatise concerning the Art, exercise, and manneging of the Rapier and Dagger, together with the ordering and mouing of the bodie in those actions: A thing I confesse in shewe the least peece and practise (as a man might saie) of the arte Militarie, but in verie deed to most im­portant, excellent, and noble practise thereof. For when I consi­der with myselfe how some Authors doo write, that hunting, hauking, wrastling, &c. are things in some sort belonging vn­to Militarie profession, for that men thereby doo both make their bodies strong and actiue, and also learne to marke the sci­tuation of hils, woods, lakes, and vallies, together with the croo­ked and turning courses of riuers. It seemeth vnto mee that I may with farre greater reason saie that the Arte and exercise of the Rapier and Dagger is much more rare and excellent than anie other Militarie exercise of the bodie, because there is very great and necessarie vse thereof, not onely in generall warres, but also in particular combats, & many other accidents, where a man hauing the perfect knowledge and practise of this arte, although but small of stature and weake of strength, may with a little remouing of his foot, a sodain turning of his hand, a slight declining of his bodie, subdue and ouercome the fierce brauing pride of tall and strong bodies.

Moreuer, it doth many times come to passe that discords and quarrels arise amongest souldiers and Gentlemen of honor & account, the which (when they cannot be accorded & com­pounded [Page]by lawe, learning, and perswasion) must bee determi­ned, and the truth thereof tried by armes and combat. And therefore he that is wise, carefull of his safetie, and prouident a­gainst danger, will be at all times stored and furnished with this honorable vrgent necessity, and instant shortnes of time, he shal be constrained to expose himselfe vnto euident danger.

Wherefore vpon these occasions, and also for that I haue bin thereunto requested by sundrie Gentlemen my good friendes, I haue endeuoured to expresse in this discourse, and to make plain by pictures all the skill and knowledge which I haue in this art: Exhorting all men of good mindes and noble spirites to learne and purchase the same, not to the end to abuse it in insolencies and iniuries, but to vse it in cases of necessitie for the defence of iust causes, and to the maintenance of the honour of themselues and others. For whosoeur will followe this profession must flie from rashnes, pride, and iniurie, and not fall into that foule falt and error which many men incurre, who feeling themselues to be strong of bodie and expert in this science, presuming thereu­pon, thinke that the may lawfully offer outrage and iniury vn­to anie man, and with crosse and grosse tearmes and behauiour prouoke euerie man to fight, as though they were the onely heirs of Mars, more inuincible than Achilles: not remembring how it hath oftentimes happened, that a little wretched man of stature by skill and reason hath ouercome a vast mightie man of person, and ouerthrowen the vnweldie masse and burthen of his bodie vpon the face of his kind & liberall mother the earth. This manner of proceeding and behauiour doth plainely shew that these men (although peraduenture they haue learned the vse of the weapon) haue not yet beene fufficiently instructed in the Arte of Armes. For by the rule and precept of this Art, men are taught by how much they are resolute in courage, and skilful of the vse of the same weapon, by so much the more to shew [Page]themselues virtuous, humble, and modest both in speech & ac­tion, and not to be liers, vanters, or quarrellers, for those which in this sort demeane themselues, (notwithstanding their skill or courage) do commonly carry away wounds and dishonor, and sometimes death.

I haue seene and noted in diuerse partes of mine owne coun­trie and in other places of the world, great quarrells springing from small causes, and many men slayne vppon light occasions. Amongest other things, I remember that in Liesena a citie of Sclauonia, it was once my chance to see a sodaine quarrell and slaughter vpon very small cause betweene two Iialian captaines of great familiaritie and acquaintance. There was in the com­panie a foolish boy belonging vnto one of be Captaines, who go­ing carelesly forward, & approching neere vnto the other cap­taine, began to touch the hilts of his sword, wherevpon the cap­taine lent the boy a little blow to teach him better maners: The other Captaine (the boies master) taking this reprehension of his boy in worse parte than there was cause, after some wordes multiplyed began to drawe his sword, the other Captaine in like sort betaking himselfe to his rapier did with a thrust run him quite through the bodie, who falling downe dead vpon the place receiued the iust reward of his friuolous quarrell. And to con­fesse the plaine truth in this point, it is not well done either of men or boyes to touch the weapons of another man that weareth them. Neuerthelesse a man ought in all his actions to seeke and endeuour to lieu in peace and good agreement (as much as may be) with euerie one: and especially he that is a Gentleman and conuerseth with men of honorable quality, must aboue all others haue a great regard to frame his speech and answeres with such respectiue reuerence, that there neuer growe against him anie quarrell vpon a foolish worde or a froward answere, as it often hath and daily doth come to passe, whereupon follow deadly ha­treds, [Page]cruell murthers, and extreame ruines. Wherefore I saie and set downe as a most vndoubted truth, that it is good for e­uerie man to be taught and instructed in the Rapier and Dag­ger, not the rather thereby to grow insolent, or to commit mur­ther, but to be able and ready in a case of iust necessitie to defend himselfe, either at the sodaine, or vpon defiance and in field as­signed: for at that time it is too late to looke backe and to in­tend this studie, as many doo, who hauing appointed the time and place for fight, doe practise some point or other of this arte, the which being so lightly learned and in such hast, doth after­wards in time of need proue but little helpfull or auailable vnto them. But this knowledge doeth more particularly appertayne vnto Gentlemen and souldiers that professe and followe warres, for they more than other men, will (for the credite of their cal­ling, and the honor of Armes) dispute and determine with the point of the sword all points that passe in controuersie, especially amongest themselues, who had rather die than not to haue rea­son and satisfaction for euerie worde of preiudice and disgrace offered vnto them. Now in this case I am to exhort and aduise men of all sortes and condition, as well the skilfull as the vnskilfull, not to bee in anie wise too suspitious, nor to catch (as they saie) at euerie flie that passeth by, for in so dooing, they purchase to themselues endlesse trouble, and enter into acti­ons full of danger and dishonour, but rather to shunne as much as they can all occasions of quarrell, and not to fight excepte (as hath bene sayde) vpon a iust cause and in a point of honor. And to the end that euerie man may know what to doo, and bee able to practise as much as hee knoweth (at the request of certaine Centlemen my good friends, & to make the world witnes of my gratefull minde towards them for the many curtesies which I haue receiued at their handes since my first comming into this Countrie) out of those preceptes which I haue learned from the [Page]most rare and renowmed professors that haue b n of this Art in my time, and out of that experience which I haue obserued in diuerse fraies and fights, I haue composed and framed this little worke, containing the noble Arte of the Rapier and Dagger, the which I haue set downe in man­ner of a Dialogue, &c.

VINCENTIO SAVIOLO HIS PRACTISE.

I Haue long and greatly desired (my deare friend V.) to learne this noble science, and especially of you, who did put the first weapons into my hands: wherefore (see­ing so good opportunitie is so fitly pre­sented) I coulde wishe that wee might spende this time in some discourse concerning the Arte of the Rapier and Dagger, to the end that I might thereby, both the better retaine the title which I haue alreadie learned, and also adde some new lesson thereunto.

V.

Ce [...]tes (my louing friend L) as wel for that I haue found you to be a man of a noble spirite, as in regard of the great loue which I beare vnto you, as also to the end that hereafter when time shall serue, you may be better knowen vnto sundry Gentlemen my good friends, I am content to yeeld vnto your request, and therefore de­mand boldly any thing wherein you desire to bee re­solued.

L.

Sir, the loue which you beare mee I know to bee exceeding great, and therefore haue no doubt that you will fayle me in anie part of your promise, for the which fauour I acknowledge my selfe infinitly beholding vn­to you. I shall desire you therefore, according to your iudgement and skill, to resolue and instruct mee in such [Page]doubts as doo occurre vnto me, for I knowe, and many noble men and Gentlemen do likewise know, that you are exquisitly able not only to resolue vs of anie doubt readily, but also to instruct vs in this science perfectly.

V.

Sir, I desire nothing more than to please and sa­tisfie you and such other Gentlemen my good friends, and therefore you may expounde questions at your pleasure.

L.

From my first yeres I haue liked this noble Art, but now doo much more loue it, hauing seene such di­uersitie of this exercise, together with the danger ther­vnto belonging, and (since I came to be your scholler) plainly perceiued how that a man in one moment may be slaine. And therfore I giue God thankes that in some measure hee hath giuen mee the knowledge of this sci­ence, and I hope through your good helpe to bee more fully informed therein. Wherefore I desire you to tell me, if there may be giuen anie certaine instruction and firme rule whereby to direct a man to the true know­ledge of hereof.

V.

Since my childhoode I haue seene verie many masters the which haue taken great paines in teaching, and I haue marked their diuerse manners of playe and indangering: wherefore (both for the particular con­tentment & pleasure of the Gentlemen my friends, and for the general help & benefit of many) I haue changed fiue or six sundry maner of plaies, taught me by diuerse masters, and reduced them vnto one by my no little la­bour and paine, and in this will I resolue you, and geue you therein so direct a rule and instruction, as that ther­by (being my scholler) you may attain vnto the perfect knowledge of this science.

L.
[Page 2]

But tell me sir of curtesie, those which haue not bene your schollers, are they therefore debarred from the vnderstanding of your said rule?

V.

In truth sir, well they may learne and conceiue much, but of those secrets which I will reueale vnto you they are not so capable as those whom I haue taught?

L.

Shew me (I praie you) what may bee the cause, why this arte (being so necessarie and noble) is of so ma­ny so little esteemed?

V.

You haue moued a question whereof I am grie­ued to speake, when I consider with my selfe the slight account wherein this so worthy science is held, I deeme the cause hereof to be either because many which doo (peraduenture) vnderstand the same will not professe to teach it, or that many (hauing in deed no vnderstan­ding thereof) doe iudge the same to consist in theyr great strength and brauing courage, but they deceiue themselues. Moreouer, I am of this opinion, that many (not knowing this art to be the beginning and founda­tion of the art Militarie) doe therefore neglect and con­temne it, because they esteeme the same to bee a thing vnto them altogether impertinent.

L.

By what reason can you shew this science to be the ground and foundation of the arte Militarie?

V.

You shall heare. This word Schermize et Schara­muzare, to skirmish or fence, may be taken either gene­rally or particularly. Generally, for euerie kind of fight. Particularly for single combat: and so it is taken as often as it is indefinitly set downe, and not expresly. And be­ing taken in this sense, that it doth necessarily belong vn­to the arte Militarie may many waies bee proued, for in the arte Militarie it is requisite that a man know how he [Page]may best ouercome his enemie, and which waie to en­tertaine him, & as it were to dallie with him vntill such time as he can espie some aduantage. Againe, wee doo many time see that a great man or a Captaine doeth wrong an inferiour person or a souldier, who for that they are men of meaner fortune, doo seldome by lawe recouer right or credite, wherfore the Prince or Gene­rall (after that the partie wronged hath done his dutie, in complaining vnto him of the iniury receiued) ought to require and command him by whome the wrong was done, either to make satisfaction vnto the partie wronged, if the fact were against reason, or by waie of disgrace, or else to fight the combat with him. Then (being to accept one of these conditions) if hee trie the combat, he can neuer acquite himself without danger and dishonour, if hee haue not first learned this noble science.

Moreouer, if a man follow the warres and conuerse with Captaines, and incurre a quarrell, and haue no knowledge of this arte, what shifte shall hee make? Or how shall hee behaue himselfe beeing challenged the combat for his Countrie or his Prince, which hath of­ten happened, not onely in the time of the Romanes, but in our dayes, as we may reade in the life of Charles the fifte, and of other Emperours: Paulus Iouius and Guicciardino do make mention of many combats fought in the kingdome for Naples betweene French-men and Italians for theyr Countrie, whereunto were re­quired and chosen most famous and skilfull men both of the French and Italian Nation. Wherefore a Cap­taine or a Generall is not perfectly accomplished in all pointes appertaining to his place and profession, if hee [Page 3]bee disfurnished of this science: for admit (as it may fal out vpon many occasions concerning his Country and his owne honour) he bee challenged the combat, and chance to be ouercome therein, although hee haue bin renowmed for infinite victories, hee hath now lost in one moment all his foregotten glorie, for both the ho­nour of the fight, and the triumph of the victorie doth wholy redound vnto him who hath ouercome in com­bat. Neither were his many victories gotten in the field vnto him more glorious, than this one foile in single fight is dishonourable, for those victories had many helpes, as horse, armour, opportunitie of time, aduaun­tage of place, &c. Those glories many parteners, as souldiers and vnder officers, but this dishonour doeth wholy fall vpon himselfe, as purchased by some imper­fection in himselfe, as namely for want of this science, without the which no man professing the Arte Milita­rie, can bee called perfect in his profession, but rather maimed in the principall part thereof, and most concer­ning the safety and defence of a mans owne life, for this is a braunch of that wisedome which holdeth the first place and chiefest preheminence in matters of warre, for he that is deuoid of art and skill, doth rashly encoun­ter with his enemie, and so is slaine with scorne and dis­honour.

L.

This which you saie seemeth to stande with greate reason, yet neuerthelesse wee see by experience, that men vnskilfull and altogether ignorant in this arte, haue vanquished and ouerthrowen those which pra­ctise the same for theyr dayly exercise whereas (if your assertion were true) the skilfull should euermore con­quer the vnskilfull▪

V.
[Page]

Sir, you are to vnderstand, that many are called professours of their Rapier and Dagger, and yet bee o­uercome by men that neuer practised the same, but how euer, not as professours of this science, but as base and vnskilfull persons. For in him that will bee rightly cal­led a professour of this arte, and in him that shall goe into the field to fight a combat, are required reason, a­nimositie, strength, dexteritie, iudgement, wit, courage, skill, and practise: wherfore it may bee that those which are ouercome bee men of base mindes, or voide of rea­son, and falsely called professours of that arte whereof they haue no vnderstanding, and which they doo but discredite. Others are so head-strong and rash, that they doo lyke rammes which kill themselues by running full but at theyr enemies. But to haue recourse vnto the first and highest cause, these actions are euermore directed by the secret will of God, and are the executions of his hidden iudgements.

L.

Certainly sir, when I consider your reasons, I am confounded in mine owne iudgement, for your speech doeth necessarily inferre, that if a man bee able, strong, actiue, wise, skilfull, valiaunt, and not quarel­lous, hee shall bee conquerour, if otherwise, conque­red.

V.

Let vs omit therefore as a speciall and extra­ordinarie cause, that sometimes God suffereth and per­mittteth the contrarie: and take this for an infallible rule and grounde, that euerie one renounceth and forsaketh that helpe which God hath appointed, as of­ten as hee despiseth and contemneth this Arte, and that God hath giuen vs wit and vnderstanding to di­scerne and knowe the good and the badde: which [Page 4]beeing so, it must needes followe, that if a man will not defend himselfe nor doo his best to obtaine victo­rie, he must be ouercome although his quarrell and cause were most iust and reasonable, because he will not vse the meanes which God hath appointed, and therefore must blame himselfe only for his ill hap and successe. Wherefore it cannot be denied but that this knowledge and skill which groweth and riseth from this art of Defence is necessary. And therfore I say that when vpon iust ground and occasion a man shall take a quarrell in hand, and shal haue courage, reason, bold­nes, and force to maintaine it, hauing also the meanes and helpe of this art, it will seldome or neuer chaunce but that he shall ouercome his aduersary, and vpon this reason and ground proceedeth my argument. But when he forsaketh the fauour and benefit graunted by God, in that he wil not learne how to defend himselfe: if the quite contrary happen to him he must impute the fault and blame to himselfe. And therefore I must tell you this also, that he hath most neede of this art which lacketh courage and strength, because that by this art and practise he groweth in vre with his weapon, and to haue skill and iudgement to defend himselfe. And this also I saye, that strength and valiant courage is not it which giueth victorye, but a skill and knowledge in the vse of his weapon, and a certaine nimblenes and actiuitie aswell of the body as of the hand and the foot.

L.

In sooth by that which you say, it seemes to me that nature is she which worketh and perfourmeth all, and not art, because that from nature commeth cou­rage, force, and a right frame and aptnes of the body, therefore he which shalbe furnished with these partes [Page]and shall vndertake a right and iust cause, is like to beare away the victory without hauing any or very little skil in the art of Defence.

V.

Certes we may graunt, that nature may doo very much to frame a man apt and fit for this exercise, both in respect of conuenient courage and strength, but all these abilities and giftes which nature can bestow on a man, are nothing except he haue knowledge or arte, for we see that the very thinges themselues which are brought foorth by nature good and perfect, if they be not holpen by arte, by very course of nature become naught and vnprofitable. As the Vine if it be not hol­pen by art comes to no proofe nor profit, so likewise o­ther trees how apt so euer they be to bring forth excel­lent frutes, if they are not husbanded growe wilde, and degenerate from their naturall perfection. Suppose that nature bring foorth a most goodly and beautifull tree, if it begin once to growe crooked and be not holpen it looseth all his beautye, and therefore as you see, arte is an aide and helpe to nature: so that one hauing those good partes and abilities by nature before men­tioned, yet not knowing them, he cannot vse them to his benefite but by the meanes of skill and iudgement, which a man by his industrie and practise attaineth vn­to. And although he may strike right and crosse blows and giue the foyne and thrust, yet these being not gui­ded by reason and skill, may as well harme him as pro­fit or procure him any aduantage: but art which imita­teth and perfiteth nature, if a man apply his minde ther­unto, by many experimentes and much practise, will make him skilfull and capable of great perfection. And to proue that this is true, we see little infants which al­though [Page 5]as soone as they are borne they haue a tung, yet they cannot speake, and after when they haue learned to speake, yet they want eloquence: nature maye be­stowe a gift of memory, which when it is accompani­ed with art and knowledge, they are able in good sorte to expresse their minde and conceipt. How can you be skilfull in riding if you haue not learned the arte, na­ture may helpe, but not bring to perfection: how is it possible that you should proue a skilfull Carpenter or Saylor, if you haue not by practise acquainted your selfe with those thinges which appertaine thereunto? how can a man be a professour in any art or science, vnlesse he haue learned it first himselfe? and therefore they which make so small reckoning of art, in my fan­cie and conceipt in this respect are worse than beastes, especially those which are practised in fight, in which a man may perceiue a kinde of reason and arte, and for proofe of this, take a young Dog which hath not been accustomed to fight, and set him on a Bull, and you shal see him assaile him with more courage and fiercenes then another which hath beene beaten and practisde in the matter, but you shall see him by and by hurte and wounded: whereas in the other you shall see the quite contrary, for before he set vpon his aduersary you shall see him spie all aduantages that maye be, and hauing found his aduantage he wil after make an assault; wher­fore these braggers which without iudgement and rea­son will take vpon them to kill the whole worlde, at the least wise should order and gouerne themselues more discreetely then beasts: and if they being without rea­son can help themselues with art which is taught them? how much rather should a man which is indued with [Page]reason make his profit therof, seeke to learne it and not to scorne and despise it, especiallye in such a case where so deepely it concerneth a mans life, that in the stirring of a foote he may be soddenlye ouertaken and slaine: but the more skill a man hath of his weapon the more gentle and curteous should he shewe himselfe, for in truth this is rightly the honour of a braue Gentleman, and so much the more is hee to bee esteemed: neither must he be a bragger, or lyer, and without truth in his word, because there is nothing more to be required in a man then to know himselfe, for me therefore I thinke it necessarye that euery one should learne this arte, for as a man hath voice and can sing by nature, but shall neuer doo it with time and measure of musicke vnlesse he haue learned the arte: and as a horse may he strong and fyt for fight by nature, but can not serue a man to any vse in the feelde vnlesse he haue beene first broken and taught, and framed to be obedient to his maisters pleasure and minde: So much more should a man learne how to mannage and vse his body, his hand and his foote, and to know how to defend himselfe from his enemy. And heereupon we see, that how stoute or couragious soeuer a man be, yet when he is challenged into the feelde he seeks then to learn the skill and prac­tise of his weapon of some braue and skilfull man a­gainst the daye of the fight and combate, and for no o­ther cause but that he knoweth that it is necessarye for him, & that it concerneth his honor and life: and they which affirme the contrary, if euer they haue occasion to fight, shall perceiue to their disaduantage and dis­credit, how much they haue erred and bene out of the way: and this which we haue discoursed hitherto as I [Page 6]thinke may suffise to proue the necessitie of this art.

L.

You haue with so manye reasons and proofes shewed the necessitie of this worthie art, that in truth I greatly esteeme and honor it, and could wish that eue­ry man of honour would seeke to know it and practise it, that it might be more esteemed: but now that I know the excellency of this art, I would gladly know wherein consisteth the order and manner to vn­derstand it.

V.

Certes my freend L. I will not faile in that which I haue promised. And therefore I wil begin this small worke, to leaue some remembrance of me, with these Gentlemen and my good freendes, and with you who are desirous to vnderstand it, and especially because I haue alwaies found you to be a louer of gentleman-like qualities.

L.

I thanke you sir for your good will and good o­pinion conceiued of me, and therfore according to the desire which you haue to make me vnderstand this worthie arte, I require you to tell me with what wea­pon a good teacher minding to make a good scholler ought to begin.

V.

Sol will, yet I must tell you, that I haue seene many braue sufficient men teach with great diuersitie and diuers sortes and fashions of play: and I my selfe haue had many teachers, and found them all to differ one from the other.

L.

But I pray you of freendship tell me how there can be such disagreement, since that all that art consi­steth in down-right or crosse blowes, thrustes, foynes, or ouerthwart prickes.

V.

That which you say, verilye is true, but consider [Page]also that we see many precious stones, and yet the one to be more esteemed then the other, although they be of the same sorte and kinde: and we see many excellent men which studie the same art, and yet one is more e­steemed then the other, as well ingrauers as Painters: the same is seene amongst learned men, all are learned, but one better learned then the other: and the like is to be seene in all sciences and artes, and so in this noble art God hath giuen more to one, then to another. I will begin therefore to tell you how that of many that teach, some begin and enter their schollers with the ra­pier and Dagger, some with the Rapier and Cloake, some with the Rapier and Buckler, and some with the Rapier alone: some after one forte and some after an o­ther.

L.

Is it not all one for a scholler to begin with the Rapier alone, or with the Rapier and Cloake, or any o­ther weapon: may not he become a braue man, as well with one weapon as with an other?

V.

Surely, they may proue well, but not so well as those which begin with the true ground, the which schollers should learne of good maisters, and teachers should with all diligence teach their schollers.

L.

And what I pray you is this ground?

V.

The true foundation verily and the true begin­ning from whence you may learne all thinges belon­ging to this art, is the Rapier alone, and from it will I begin, and you shal perceiue of what great importance this beginning is, and how without it hardly or neuer any commeth to true skill and perfection: yet proceed you to aske such questions as you shall thinke best, and take good heede to that which I shall say, for I [Page 7]will beginne as I tolde you.

L.

In truth M. Vincent, although as yet I haue no great skil, yet me thinkes you haue reason in your asser­tion, and that you haue got the right and true know­ledge of this science, and therefore I praye you shew me the reason why the Rapier alone is the ground and beginning of this art.

V.

The reason as I take it, is because that amongst Knightes, Captaines and valiant Souldiours, the Rapi­er is it which sheweth who are men of armes and of honour, and which obtaineth right for those which are wronged: and for this reason it is made with two edges and one point, and being the weapon which or­dinarily Noble men, Knightes, Gentlemen and Soul­diours weare by their side, as being more proper and fit to be worne then other weapons: therefore this is it which must first be learned, espcciallye being so vsuall to be worne and taught. In my discourse therefore of this fight of the single Rapier I will speake onelye of three wardes.

L.

Tell me I pray you firste how it is best to holde a mans Rapier in his hand, and how to stand vpon his garde.

V.

For your Rapier, holde it as you shall thinke most fit and commodious for you, but if I might aduise you you should not holde it after rhis fashion, and special­ly with the second finger in the hylte, for holding it in that sorte, you cannot reach so farre either to strike di­rector crosse blowes, or to giue a foyne or thrust, be­cause your arme is not free and at liberty.

L.

How then would you haue me holde it?

V,

I would haue you put your thumbe on the hylte, [Page]and the next finger toward the edge of the Rapier, for so you shall reach further and strike more readily.

L.

You haue fully satisfied me concerning this mat­ter, but I pray you proceede and shew me how I must stand vpon my garde, or assaile myne enemy.

V.

So I will, and as before I haue tolde you of diuer­sitie of teachers and varietie of wardes, so in this poynt also must I tell you that mens fashions are diuers, for some set vpon their enemies in running, and there are other which assaile them with rage and furye after the fashion of Rammes, and both these sortes of men for the moste parte are slaine and come to misfortune, as may be seene in many places of such like fights. Which I speak not as though those two fightes were not good for him which knowes how to vse them, because that sometimes they are very necessary, according as a man findes his enemy prepared with his weapon: but then they must be doone with time and measure, when you haue got your enemye at an aduantage, with great dexteritie and readines. But as for me I will shewe you the wardes which I my selfe vse, the which if you well marke and obserue, you cannot but vnderstand the art, and withall keepe your bodye safe from hurte and danger.

L.

At this present I take wonderfull delight in your companye, and nothing pleaseth me so much as this discourse of yours, to heare you giue me the reasons of those things which so much concerne the life and ho­nour of a man: wherefore performe that which you haue promised, wherein you shall not onelye pleasure mee, but many other gentlemen and Noble-men will thinke themselues to haue receiued a fauour at your [Page 8]handes, therefore begin I pray you.

V.

That which I haue promised you I will now per­forme, therfore I say, that when a teacher will begin to make a Scholler, (as for me I wil begin with the single

[figure]

Rapier, and at this weapon will firste enter you, to the ende you maye frame your hand, your foote, and your body, all which partes must goe together, and vn­lesse you can stirre and moue all these together, you shall neuer be able to performe any great matter, but with great danger) I come therefore to the point and say, that when the teacher wil enter his scholler, he shal [Page]cause him to stand vpon this ward, which is very good to bee taught for framing the foote, the hand, and the body: so the teacher shall deliuer the Rapier into his hand, and shall cause him to stand with his right foote formost, with his knee somewhat bowing, but that his bodye rest more vpon the lefte legge, not stedfast and firme as some stand, which seeme to be nayled to the place, but with a readines and nimblenes, as though he were to performe some feate of actiuitie, and in this sorte let them stand both to strike and to defend them­selues. Now when the maister hath placed his scholler in this sorte, and that the scholler hath receiued his Ra­pier into his hand, let him make his hand free and at ly­berty, not by force of the arme, but by the nimble and ready mouing of the ioynt of the wriste of the hand, so that his hand be free and at libertie from his body, and that the ward of his hand be directlye against his right knee: and let the teacher also put himselfe in the same ward, and holde his Rapier against the middest of his schollers Rapier, so that the pointe be directlye against the face of his schooler, and likewise his schollers a­gainst his, and let their feete be right one against ano­ther, then shall the maister begin to teach him, mouing his right foot somwhat on the right side in circle wise, putting the point of his Rapier vnder his schollers Ra­pier, and so giuing him a thrust in the belly.

L.

And what then must the scholler doo?

V.

At the selfesame time the scholler must remoue with like measure or counte-time with his right foote a little aside, and let the left foote follow the right, tur­ning a little his bodye on the right side, thrusting with the point of his Rapier at the belly of his teacher, tur­ning [Page 9]redily his hand that the fingers be inward toward the body, and the ioint of the wrist be outward. In this sort the saide scholler shall learne to strike and not be stricken, as I alwaies aduise the noble-men and gentle­men with whome I haue to deale, that if they cannot hit or hurt their enemy, that they learn to defend them selues that they be not hurt. Then to make the scholler more ready, the teacher shall cause his scholler firste to part, wherefore he shall remoue with his right foote on the right side a little in circle wise as the maister did be­fore to the scholler.

L.

What then must the maister or teacher doo?

V.

At the same time that the scholler remoueth his foote, the teacher shall play a little with stirring of his body, and with his lefte hand shall beat away his schol­lers rapier from his right side, and shall remoue his right foot behinde his left striking a crosse blow at the head.

L.

And the scholler what shall he doo?

V.

When I remoue with my foote and lifte vp my hand, let the scholler passe with his lefte foote where his right was, and withall let him turne his hand, and not loose the opportunity of this blow, which must be a foyne in manner of a thrust vnder his Rapier, and let him lifte vp his hand with his ward that he be garded and lie not open, meeting with his left hand the rapier of his teacher, and let him hot beat aside the blow with his Rapier for hee endangereth the point and bringes his life in hazard, because he loseth the point: But I wil goe forward. At the selfesame time that the scholler goes back, the maister shall play a little, and shifting his body shall breake the same imbroccata or foyne out­ward from the lefte side, remouing with his left foote, [Page]which must be carried behinde the right, and withall shall giue a mandritta at the head of his scholler, at which time the scholler must remoue with his right foote, following with his lefte, and let him turne his Rapier hand as I haue saide, and that the scholler ob­serue the same time in going backe as the teacher shall, to the end that his point maye be toward the bellye of his maister, and let him lifte vp his other hand with his ward on high, that he be not stricken on the face with the mandritta, or in the belly with the thrust or stocca­ta. Wherefore at the selfesame time that the scholler shall deliuer the fore saide stoccata to the teacher, the teacher shall yeelde and shrinke with this bodye, and beate the stoccata outward on the lefte side, and shall bring his right foot a little aside in circlewise vpon the right side, & shall giue an imbroccata to the face of his scholler, at which time the saide scholler shal go backe with his right foote a little aside with the same mea­sure, and shall beate aside the imbroccata of his mai­ster with his left hand outward from the lefte side, and withall shall deliuer the like imbroccata of counter-time to the teacher, but onlye to the face, and then the maister shall goe backe with his right foote toward the left side of his scholler, in breaking with his lefte hand the saide imbroccata outward from the lefte side, and shall strike a downe-right blowe to his head, because that by beating aside his foyne with his hand, he shall finde him naked and without garde.

L.

And what then, cannot the Scholler defend him selfe?

V.

Yes very easilye with a readie dexteritie or nim­blenes, for at the same time that the maister shall giue [Page 10]the saide mandritta, the scholler shall doo nothing else but turne the pointe of his foote toward the bodye of his maister, and let the middest of his left foote directly respect the heele of the right, and let him turn his body vpon the right side, but let it rest and staye vpon the lefte, and in the same time let him turne the Rapier hand outward in the stoccata or thrust, as I haue giuen you to vnderstand before, that the point be toward the bellye of his maister, and let him lifte vp his hand and take good heede that hee come not forward in deliue­ring the saide stoccata, which is halfe an incartata, for how little soeuer hee should come forward, he would put himselfe in danger of his life: and beleeue me, eue­ry man which shall not vnderstand these measures and principles, incurres the danger of his life: and who so despiseth these grounds which are necessarye as well for the schoole as the combat, it may bee to his confu­sion & dishonour, and losse of his life: wherefore eue­rye one which makes profession of this art, should seek to learn them and vnderstand them.

L.

For this master I am fullye satisfied, wherefore I praye you proceed to teach me that which remaineth to be taught for this ward.

V.

When the maister will make his scholler readye, hee shall practise him to be the first in going backe, by remouing his right foote a little aside in circle wise, as before his maister did to him, and let him with great readines thrust his Rapier vnder his teachers, and giue him a thrust or stoccata in the belly.

L.

What then shall the teacher doo?

V.

He shall shift his body a little, and shall beate the stoccata or thrust outward from the right side, and shal [Page]remoue with his right foote, which must bee conueied behinde the lefte, and shall strike a rinuersa at his schol­lers head, as before: and further, to the end his schol­ler may haue iudgement to knowe what fight meanes, with measure and time, hee shall teach him to giue a mandritta, and to know when the time serueth for it.

L.

What I pray you, cannot euery one of himselfe without teaching giue a mandritta?

V.

Yes, euery man can strike, but euerye man haths not the skill to strike, especiallye with measure, and to make it cutte: and heereupon you shall see manye which oftentimes will strike and hitte with the flatte of their Rapier, without hurting or wounding the aduer­sarye: and likewise many, when they would strike a downe-right blowe, will goe forward more then mea­sure, and so cause themselues to be slaine. Wherefore I saye, when the maister and scholler shall stand vpon this ward, and that the pointe of the schollers weapon shall be against the face of the teacher, and the pointe of the teachers weapon nigh to the ward of the schol­lers Rapier, and that it be stretched out, thē the scholler shall remoue with his right foot a little aside in circle wise, and with the inside of his left hand barrachet wise shall beate away his maisters Rapier, firste lifting his a­boue it, and let the lefte foot followe the right: and let him turne skilfully his body, or else he shall be in dan­ger to receiue a stoccata either in the face or bellye. Therefore hee must take heede to saue himselfe with good time and measure, and let him take heede that hee steppe not forward toward his teacher, for so hee should bee in danger to be wounded: but let him go a little aside, I haue already saide.

L.
[Page 11]

Me thinkes the maister is in danger, if the scholler at this time keepe measure.

V.

If the maister stoode still, hee should bee in dan­ger, but when the scholler shall giue the mandritta, the maister must shifte a little with his bodye, and shall remooue with his right foote, which must be carried behinde his lefte, and shall strike a riuerso to the head, as I saide before, when I began to speake of stoccata.

Furthermore, the Scholler maye likewise giue a mandritta at the legges, but it standes vpon him to playe with great nimblenes and agilitye of bodye, for to tell the trueth, I would not aduise anye freend of mine, if hee were to fight for his credite and life, to strik neither mandrittaes nor riuersaes, because he puts himselfe in dagner of his life: for to vse the poynte is more readie, and spendes not the lyke time: and that is my reason, why I would not aduise any of my frends to vse them.

L .

But I praye you of freendship tell me, if a man were to goe into the feelde with some freend of his whome hee would bee loth to kill, should not these mandrittaes be good to wound him, and not put him in danger of his life, I praye you therefore tell mee your opinion, and how a man in respect of his honour were to vse and order himselfe, put the case he would not kill his freend, but would willingly saue and keepe him from harme.

V.

I will speake mine opinion of these things which concerne a mans life and honour, and firste I would wish euery one which is challenged into the feeld, to consider that he which challengeth him, dooth not re­quire [Page]to fight with him as a freend, but as an enemye, and that he is not to thinke any otherwise of his minde but as full of rancour and malice towards him: where­fore when you see one with weapons in his hand that will needes fight with you, although hee were your freend or kinseman, take him for an enemye, and trust him not, how great a freend or how nigh of kin soeuer he be, for the inconuenience that may grow therby, is seene in many histories both ancient and moderne. But when you see the naked blade or weapon, consider that it meanes redresse of wrong, iustice, and reuenge: and therefore if he be your freend that will needs fight with you, you maye tell him that you haue giuen him no cause, nor offred any wrong, and if any other haue made any false report, & that he is to proue and iustifie it, that for your selfe, if by chaunce without your knowledge you haue offended him, that you are ready with reason to satisfie him and make amendes. But if they be matters that touch your honour and that you bee compelled to accept of the combat, doo the best you can when you haue your weapon in your hand, and consider that fightes are dangerous, and you know not the minde and purpose of your enemye, whome if you should chaunce to spare, afterwards peraduenture he may kill you or put you in dāger of your life, especi­ally when you vse the mandritta or right blowes: for if he be either a man skilfull at his weapon, or fierce or furious, he may peraduenture doo that to you, which you would not doo, (when you might) to him. Wher­fore if hee bee your friend goe not with him into the fielde, but if you go, doe your best, because it seemeth childish to saie, I will go and fight, but I will spare and fa­uour [Page 12]him. For if you were the valiauntest man in the world, and had no minde to doo him anie harme, yet when you see the furie and malice of your enemie, you shall be forced, as it were, to doo that you thought not to doo, for which you may peraduenture be sorie, and disquieted in mind as long as you liue, as well in respect of friendship, if you kill your friend, as for the punish­ment which the lawes will inflict and laie vppon you, whether it bee losse of goods, imprisoment, or death. And on the other side, if you be slaine or wounded, it is no excuse for you to saie afterward, that you fauoured him & did not so much as you might, for in such a case euerie man will thinke as he lift: so that if your enemie were the most coward and base man that might bee, yet he shall bee counted the more valiaunt and braue man. Therefore if it happen that some friend of yours hath a quarrell against you, tell him that you will not haue any thing to doo with him: and fight with your enemie, not with your friend: neither account him your friend that will fight with you: well you may be his friend, but you shall finde him to be your enemie. Therefore whenso­euer you see anie man drawe vpon you, staie not vntill hee doo his pleasure, and trust him not, for hee hath not his weapon drawen to no purpose: and if in that sorte he will talke of the matter with you, cause him to stand aloofe off, and so let him speake: for of the inconueni­ence that hath growen thereby wee haue many exam­ples, as I will shew you more at large by and by I would wish that euerie one should beware to offend any man either in wordes or deedes, and if you haue offered of­fence, seeke to make amends, as a ciuill and honest man should, and suffer not the matter to grow to such extre­mitie [Page]and inconuenience, as wee see examples euerie daie, whereby God is highly displeased. And amongst others I will tell you of an accident which hath happe­ned in Padoua, where I my selfe was borne, of a master of Fence called M. Angelo of Alezza, who many yeres brought vp, maintained, and taught a nephew of his, in such sort, that hee became a verie sufficient and skilfull man in this art. Which his nephew, whereas by reason should haue beene louing and faithfull to him, as to his owne father, hauing so long eaten of his bread, and re­ceiued from him so many good turnes, especially ha­uing bene brought vp by him from his childhoode and infancie, he did the quite contrarie, for his vnckle An­gelo yet liuing and teaching schollers, hee openly dyd teach and plaie with many, and by that meanes came acquainted with many Gentlemen, so that hee set vp a schoole of Fence, and beganne to teach, entising awaie many which were schollers of his vnckle Angelo. A part truly verie vile, and of an vnkinde vnthankfull man. Whereupon the sayd Angelo complained of this iniury and wrong offered by his nephew, to a gentleman who was his scholler and loued him entirely, shewing howe his nepbew had not onely impaired his credite, but de­frauded him of the aide and helpe which he looked for at his hands, hauing brought him vp, as I haue said, and especially being now growen old. Which nephew (as he sayd) in respect of kinred, bringing vp, and teaching of his arte and skill, was bound to haue shewed him all friendship and curtesie. Heereuppon the Gentleman, Angelo his scholler, promised to seeke redresse, although hee was a friende also vnto the nephewe of Angelo. And so, by badde happe, finding the sayde nephew of [Page 13] Angelo, tolde him that for the wrong offered to his master and vnckle, he would fight with him, and there­withall put hande to his weapon: the other refused to fight with him because hee was his friend: but the Gentleman tolde him that if hee woulde not defend himselfe hee woulde runne him thorough: as hee dyd in deede, for whilest hee stoode vppon tearmes, and would not do his best to defend himselfe, he ranne him quite thorough the bodie. Therefore when a man sees anie one with a drawen weapon, let him take care to defend himselfe, because it is nota master of friend­shippe. But I thinke verily in this man, that the iustice of God and his owne conscience tooke awaie all cou­rage and wit of defending himselfe. And this was the ende of his vnthankfulnesse, which God would not leaue vnpunished. And if all vnthankfull and treche­rous men were so serued after the same sorte, I thinke there woulde not be found so many: and truly of all vices, I take this vnthankfulnesse to be one of the grea­test that is incident to man. Therefore to conclude this master, I woulde counsell and aduise euerie one, to giue as small occasion of offence anie waie vnto a­nie as may be, and especially vnto his friend, to whom hee is in anie sorte beholding: but when that hee is forced to laie hande on his weapon, to doe the best he can, as well in respect of his credite, as for to saue his owne lyfe.

L.

Verily this example which you haue heere brought in, is verie good and necessarie, as well to in­struct and teach a man not to trust his enimie when he seeth him comming with his weapon in his hand, as [Page]also to warne these vnthankfull men to bee more true and faithfull. But I praie you go forward to tell me that which is behinde concerning this ward.

V.

I will verie willingly, but I praie mislike not that I haue somewhat digressed from the master which wee were about, for I haue spoken these few words not with out cause, but now I will go forwarde with that which remaineth. Therefore I saie, when the master and scol­ler stand vpon this ward, and that the point of the scol­lers weapon is towarde the face of the teacher, and the point of the masters without the bodie of the scoller to­ward the right side, both of them being vpon this ward, the scholler must bee readie and nimble to remooue with his left foote, that the point or ende thereof bee a­gainst the middest of his masters right foot, turning his Rapier hand, and that his point be in imbrocata-wise a­boue his teachers Rapier, and that his left hand bee to­ward the ward of his teacher: and let all this be done at once, by which meanes the scholler shall come to haue his masters weapon at commandement, and if it were in fight, his enemies.

L.

This plaie which now you tell me of, me thinkes is contrarie to many other, and I my selfe haue seen ma­ny plaie and teach cleane after another fashion, for I haue seene them all remoue in a right line, and therfore you shall doe mee a pleasure to tell mee which in your opinion, is best to vse, either the right or circular line.

V.

I will tell you, when you stand vpon this ward, if you remoue in a right line, your teacher or your aduer­sarie may giue you a stoccata either in the bellie or in the face. Besides, if your master or your aduersarie haue [Page 14]a Dagger be may doo the like, hitting you with his dag­ger either in die belly or on the face, besides other harms which I lift not to write. And therefore to proceede, I saie, that in my opinion and iudgement, it is not good to vse the right line, whereas in remoouing in circular-wise, you are more safe from your enemie, who cannot in such sort hurt you, and you haue his weapon at com­mandement: yea although he had a dagger hee coulde not doo you anie harme.

L.

But I praie you tell me whether the master may saue himselfe when the scholler makes this remoue vp­pon him in circular-wise, without being hurt.

V.

When the schollar remoueth with his left foot, the master must steppe backe, but yet in such sorte, that the lefte foot be behinde the right, and that he remoue to the right side, and shall strike a mandritta at the head of the scholler, and whilest the master shifteth with his foote and striketh the mandritta, at the selfe same time must the scholler bee with his right foot where the tea­chers was, being followed with his lefte, and shall dely­uer a stoccata or thrust in his masters belly, turning his bodie together with his hand on the lefte side, and lift­ing his hand on high, to the end the master may in stri­king hit his Rapier, and withall shal strike at the teacher, at which time the teacher must remooue with his right foote a little aside, followed with his lefte, and shifting a little with his bodie, shall beate outwarde the thrust or stoccata of his scholler, and shall deliuer an imbroccata to his scholler, as I haue tolde you before in the begin­ning.

L.

I praie you therefore tell me if there be any other points in this ward.

V.
[Page]

With all my heart, and therefore I must tell you of an imbroccata in manner of a stoccata, which is verie good and excellent, as well for practise of plaie, as for fight, but they must be most readie both with hand and foot that vse it: therefore when the scholler shall find his masters Rapier in this ward, that it bee helde vpright or toward his face, then the scholler shall winne ground a little with his right foote, beeing mooued somewhat aside, and withall let him remoue with his left foot, that it be toward the right foot of the teacher, and that your right foot be against the middest of his left, as I haue said before, and in remouing let him turne his Rapier hand, that the pointe bee conueighed vnder his masters wea­pon, which being done, promptly and readily his point will be towards the belly of his master, which must bee followed with the left hand, & let the scholler lift vp his hand to the ward that his fist be somewhat high, and let him take heed that he loose not his point, because the teacher may giue him a stoccata or thrust in the belly or face, for that he hath lost his time.

L.

But I pray you, cannot the teacher then defende himselfe?

V.

He may do the self same which I told you before, when I spake of the imbroccata deliuered aboue the Rapier, and certainly this is a verie good play when it is performed with good measure, and great agilitie and readines. But besides this, I will now shew you the man­riuersa in this ward. Therfore when the scloer shal find his teacher with his point somewhat at length, that it is not towards his face, but towardes his belly, then must the scholler with his left hand beat aside his masters ra­pier, not at the point, but in the strength and middest of [Page 15]the weapon, and withall must remooue with his lefte foot, both which must be done at once: and let the same foot; be against the right foot of the master, as he did be­fore in the foine or imbroccata, deliuered aboue and vnder the rapier: and the teacher at the same time must doo the like, remoouing with his right foote, as I haue sayd before. And as the scholler remoues and beates a­side the weapon, let his left hand be sodainly vppon the ward of his teacher, and in giuing the say de riuersa or crosse blowe, let the scholler skilfully turne his Rapier hand, that the knuckle or ioynt may be toward the head of the teacher, for otherwise he may giue him a slicing or cutting blow, which we call Stramazone: therefore let him performe those things skilfully and at once, and e­specially let him beware that he doo not beate aside his teachers weapon toward the point, because he shoulde be in danger to receiue a thrust or stoccata either in the face or belly. Besides, the scholler, so that he find his tea­cher in the same ward, that his Rapier bee somewhat at length, & not directly vpon the face, may strike the said riuersa or crosse blowe at his legs: but beating aside the Rapier with his hande must bee done readily, and hee must remoue with his hande in such sorte, that his Ra­pier when the lefte hand beates it by, may be betweene his owne hand and his teachers weapon: and with this readinesse must hee strike this riuerso, but withall, his lefte hand must bee vppon the warde of his teacher.

L.

But tell mee I praie you, is it not all one if I take hold of the arme of my teacher or aduersarie, in sted of laying my hande vppon his warde.

V.

No in deede, for if your enemie were skilfull in this art, whilest you catch him by the hand or arme, hee [Page]might with his lefte hand seize vpon his weapon & put you in danger of your life. So that you must take heed to haue all aduantage of your enemie, that hee may not in anie sort do you anie harme: in dooing of which, you shall alwaies be to good for him.

L.

But tell me of friendship, if you take this ward to be good, as well for the field as the schoole.

V.

This ward which I haue shewed you, in my opi­nion, is verie profitable to bee taught, because it breeds a iudgement of the time, and a readinesse and nimble­nesse as well of the hand as the foote, together with the body: and from this you come prepared to learne other wards with more facilitie, and to haue a greater insight and vnderstanding in many things, so that for many re­spects it is verie commodious, good, & necessarie. Now also for fight, this ward is verie good to bee vnderstood, and to bee fullye had and learned with beeing much practised therein, and made verie readie as well wyth the hand as the foote without loosing anie time: and so much the rather for that we see many Nations vse this ward in fight verie much, especially with the single ra­pier, both Italians, French-men, Spaniards, & Almanes. Wherfore I aduise euery one to seeke to vnderstand it, learne it, and acquaint himselfe with it, that hee may come to that readinesse and knowledge to doo all at once, without making anie fault or false point in the said ward: by reason of many inconueniences which haue chaunced, and which daily chance, which I will speake of when time serueth: but in the meane while we will go forward with this second ward, in which the schol­ler shall learne to giue the stoccata and imbroccata.

L.

I thinke my selfe very fortunate that it is my hap [Page 16]to finde you at this time, in so pleasant and conuenient a place, where we may passe the time in some discourse vnder the shade of these delightfull trees, and therefore according to your promise, I praye shewe me your se­cond ward, which I shall be attentiue to marke.

V.

M. Luke, if all men were louers of vertue as your selfe is, these things would be helde in greater account, but thorough the loue of vices, wherewith men are ca­ried away, they are little regarded, wherefore I wil doo my best endeuour to instruct you and all other that are louers of vertue, imparting vnto then that knowledge which God hath giuen me. Therefore for your better

[figure]

[Page]vnderstanding, I will first shew you how this warde is good, either to offend or defend, and cheefelye with the single Swoorde and the gloue, which is most in vse among Gentlemen, and therefore I aduise you and all other to learne to break the thrustes with the left hand, both stoccataes and imbroccates, as I purpose to shewe you.

L.

But I praye you tell me, is it not better to breake with the Swoorde, then with the hand? for (me thin­keth) it should be dangerous for hurting the hand.

V.

I will tell you, this weapon must bee vsed with a gloue, and if a man should be without a gloue, it were better to hazard a little hurt of the hand, thereby to be­come maister of his enemies Swoorde, then to breake with the swoord, and so giue his enemy the aduantage of him.

Moreouer, hauing the vse of your lefte hand, and wearing a gantlet or gloue of maile, your enemy shall no sooner make a thrust, but you shalbe readye to catch his swoorde fast, and so commaund him at your pleasure: wherfore I wish you not to defend any thrust with the swoorde, because in so dooing you loose the point.

L.

But I pray you, is it not good sometimes to put by a thrust with the swoord?

V.

I will tell you when it is good to vse the swoord: but now I will tell you how to vse your hand in that case, and cheefelye in this warde wherewith I will beginne.

Therefore if the maister desire to make a good scholler, let him begin in this sorte, causing his scholar to place his right legge formoste, a little bending [Page 17]the knee, so that the heele of his right foote stand iust against the midst of his left foote, holding his swoord hand close on the outside of his right knee, with his swoorde helde in shorte, least his aduersarye should gaine the same, euer keeping the poynte directlye on the face or bellye of his enemye, and the master shall dispose of him selfe in the same manner, as well with his foote as with his poynt.

Moreouer, you must obserue iust distance, which is, when either of you stand in such place, that step­ping forward a little, you maye reache one another, and then the maister shall make a stoccata to his schol­ler, going aside somewhat with his right legge, and following with the other in manner of a circulare mo­tion towarde the lefte side of his scholler: and so hee maye haue the aduauntage if hee take it, within di­stance, and the scholler shall remoue his right legge in counter-time, after the same order that his maister dooth, answering him with a stoccata to the belly: but hee must take heede not to remoue too much aside, or retire too farre backwarde, for so the one shall ne­uer hitte, and the other shall neuer learne.

Moreouer, hee must beware of comming too much within his iust distance, because if he hit his aduersary, hee may bee hitte againe by his aduersarye: wherfore I will teache you how to offend and defend in the same time. As the Scholler parteth in the counter time, hee must in the same instant breake the stoc­cata with his lefte hande, and aunswere againe with an other: also the Maister, to make his scholler quicke and readye, shall vse to aunswere him in the same time that his scholler deliuereth his stoccata, [Page]going aside with his right legge, and following with the other toward the left hand of his scholler, breaking the saide stoccata with his lefte hand, and shall aime the imbrocata at his face, and the scholler must parte also with his right foote toward the lefte side of his maister circularlye, beating the thrust with his lefte hand out­ward toward the left side, and then he shall in like sort make an imbrocata to the face of his maister, and the maister parting againe with his right foote aside to­ward the left hand, breaking the saide imbrocata with his lefte hande, shall thrust a stoccata, as I saide before, to the belly of his scholler, and the scholler in the same instant shall parte with a counter-time with his right foote aside towards the lefte hand of his maister, brea­king it with his left hand downward, and shall make a stoccata againe to his master, and the maister therwith­all shall retire a little with his body, breaking the saide stoccata outward toward his right side, parting with his right foote backward to the left hand, and shall answer with a punta riuersa, to the head of his scholler, where­withall he shall parte sodenlye, stepping forward with his left legge before his right, turning his point quickly to the belly of his maister, bearing vp the dagger hand, that he be not hitte in the face with a riuerso, and so he shalbe well garded: then the maister shall parte with his right leg, offering him a straight stoccata to the head, as in the first ward.

L.

But I pray you why doo you vse so many stocca­taes and imbroccataes.

V.

Because they may learne the iust time and mea­sure, and make the foote, hand and body readily agree together, and vnderstand the way to giue the stoccata [Page 18]and imbroccata right: so that these principles are very necessarye, and will serue for the Rapier and Dagger, therefore whosoeuer will make a perfect scholler, let him shew the principles in this warde.

L.

I perceiue very well, that these things which you haue spoken of, are to be doon with great agility and quicknes, but especially by the maister, if he entend to make a perfect scholler, because the maister often put­teth him self in danger, and the scholler regardeth him not, neither is his hand firme: and therefore the maister must be respectiue two waies: in sauing him selfe, and not hurting his scholler: but (I praye you) are these thinges as good in fight, as necessary to be practised?

V.

I haue taught you already how to place your self in this ward, with the iust distance and time belonging thereunto.

L.

But I pray you instruct me a little further concer­ning time.

V.

As soone as your Rapier is drawne, put your selfe presently in garde, seeking the aduantage, and goe not leaping, but while you change from one ward to ano­ther, be sure to be out of distance, by retiring a little, be­cause if your enemy be skilfull, hee may offend you in the same instant. And note this well, that to seek to of­fend, being out of measure, and not in due time, is very dangerous: wherefore as I tolde you before, hauing put your selfe in garde, and charging your aduersarye, take heed how you go about, and that your right foot be formost, stealing the aduantage by little & little, ca­rying your lefte legge behinde, with your poynt with­in the poynte of your enemies swoord, and so finding the aduantage in time and measure, make a stoccata to [Page]the belly or face of your enemy, as you shall finde him vngarded.

L.

Are there many sortes of times?

L.

Many are of diuers opinions in that pointe, some hold that there are foure times, other fiue, and some six, and for mine owne parte, I thinke there are many times not requisite to be spoken of, therfore when you finde your enemye in the time and measure before taught, then offer the stoccata, for that is the time when your enemie will charge you in aduancing, his foot, and when he offereth a direct stoccata, in lifting or mouing his hand, then is the time: but if hee will make a punta riuersa within measure, passe forward with your lefte foote, and turne your pointe withall, and that is the time: if he put an imbroccata vnto you, answere him with a stoccata to the face, turning a little your bodye toward the right side, accompanied with your poynt, making a halfe incartata: if hee strike or thrust at your legge, carrye the same a little aside circular-wise, and thrust a stoccata to his face, and that is your iust time: and if he offer you a Stramazone to the head, you must beare it with your swoord, passing forward with your lefte legge, and turning wel your hand that your point maye go in manner of an imbroccata, accompanied with your left hand, so that your poynt respect the bel­lye of your aduersary, and break this alwaies with the point of your sword, for of all stoccataes, riuersaes, and Stramazones, I finde it the most dangerous. And re­member, that whilste your enemy striketh his mādrit­ta, you deliuer a thrust or stoccata to his face, for the auoiding of which, hee must needes shrinke backe, otherwise hee is slaine: and how little so euer your ene­my [Page 19]is wounded in the face, he is halfe vndone and van­quished, whether by chaunce it fall out that the blood couer and hinder his sight, or that the wound be mor­tall, as most in that parte are: and it is an easie matter to one which knowes this play, to hit the face, although euery one vnderstands not this aduantage. And many there are which haue practised and doe practise fence, and which haue to deale with those which vnderstand these kinde of thrustes or stoccataes, and yet cannot learn to vse them, vnles these secrets be shewed them. Because these matters are for fight and combat, not for play or practise: but I wil come back where I left. Ther­fore, when your enemye maketh as though he would strike at your head, but in deed striketh at your legges, loose not that oportunity, but either in the false proffer that he makes, hit him, or carry your foot a little aside, that his blow may hit the ground. So when you deale with those which thrust their pointes downeward, at the same time strike you at the face: and when you find the point of your enemies weapon on high, get your point within his, and when you haue gotten this ad­uantage, immediatly giue him a stoccata or thrust, or else let it be a halfe incartata: and take heed when you deliuer your stoccata, that you come not forward with both your feet, because if he be skilfull at his weapon, he may meete you with counter-time, and put you in danger of your life: and therfore seeke to carrye your right foot together with your hand, being a little fol­lowed with your left foote.

Moreouer, when you finde that your enemy holds downe his pointe, and his hand alofte, seeke to stand well vpon your garde, that your hand bee ready with [Page]your right knee somewhat bending towards your ene­my, and your body somewhat leaning on the left side, because if your enemye would giue you a thrust or stoccata, hee should come a great deale shorte of rea­ching your bellye with his poynte, and especiallye he wanting that knowledge, which those haue who are furnished with the right skill of this arte. Wherefore if he giue you a stoccata or thrust in the bellye, you must beat it down with your left hand, outward from your lefte side, and withall you maye giue him a stoccata or thrust either in the bellye or the face: and if hee make a foyne or imbroccata to your face aboue your head, you must be nimble with it, and may beate it aside with your hand, the inside outwward toward your left side, or else without beating it by, deliuer him a halfe incar­tata with your poynt, which must be within his, and let it be towards his bellye, so that all these be doone with measure and time. But if you finde your enemye with his poynt downe, you must stand vpon a lowe warde, and carrie your body very well, leaning vpon the lefte side, and when you haue got him within your propor­tion, you may giue him a stoccata or thrust, either in the belly or the face, and you are safe from his pointe: for if he will make a stoccata to you, if you haue skill to beate it aside with your hand, & to answere him again, you must needes hit him. And if he giue a foine or im­broccata, you may reach him the incartata, as before I haue tolde you.

L.

You haue done me a great pleasure, and I know it will stand me in great steed if I should haue occasion to fight, to knowe these times and proportions, which are to be obserued: but I pray you tel me if one, who is [Page 20]skilfull and valiant should assaile me, whether this ward be good to be vsed in fight, or else whether I also should strike and answere him with the same.

V.

If you will do as I will aduise you, I saie it is verie good either to assaile anie, or to tarrie and watch your aduantage, if you haue skill to stand vpon it, & to carrie your foot, hand and bodie together, holding your Ra­pier short, and that your point bee towarde the face of your enemie. For if your enemie haue skill in fence, and should not finde you to stand surely vpon your gard in this assault, he might deliuer a straight stoccata to your face, not purposing fully to hit him, which if you should breake with your Rapier, he might put his vnder yours, comming forward aside toward your right hande, and might giue you a stoccata in the face. Moreouer, put­ting the case that your aduersarie were skilfull and cun­ning in fight, and you not much acquainted therewith, if he should not find you vpon a sure ward, he himselfe being in proportion, and finding your pointe without his belly, he might reach you a stoccata in the belly, or an halfe incartata, especially if he know in fight how to vse his bodie.

Besides, in these assaultes, when he is without your right side with his right foot, hee might offer a stoccata from the outside of your weapon, and if you breake it with your Rapier, hee may pull his point vnder yours, and withall remoue toward your left side with his right foot, and giue you a stoccata in the belly, turning skil­fully his Rapier hand, so that his fist bee toward his left side. Also if you should deliuer a stoccata to your ene­mie, and that he should breake it with his Rapier, imme­diatly you might remoue with your lefte foot, your left [Page]hand, waiting on the weapon of your enemie, and giue him an imbroccata or foine vnder or aboue his Rapier, and may bee master of his weapon. But if your enemie strike a mandritta at the legges, if you strike it by with your weapon, he may giue you a venew either by stoc­cata or imbroccata. Therefore it is not good for anie man to vse these things prescribed, because, as I haue al­readie sayd, he had need to vnderstand well his times & proportions, and to know howe with skill to shifte and moue his bodie, & to be readie and nimble as well with his foot as hand, otherwise, by his owne meanes he may be wounded or slaine: so that he had need to bee verie cunning and perfect in these matters, wherevpon many good masters do practise their schollers in these assalts to make them readie. But I will let them passe, and will satisfie you concerning the skil of this ward, which you haue required to know. Therefore I saie, when you shal stand vpon this ward, and that you be assailed and sette vpon, keep your point short, that your enemie may not finde it with his, and look that you be readie with your hand, and if he make such a false proffer as I spake of be­fore, you being in the same ward & in proportion, may with great readines put a stoccata to his face, shifting sodainly with your left foot, being a little folowed with the right, and that sodainly your Rapier hand be draw­en backe. But if he shoulde giue a stoccata to your face with ful force from your rapier side outward, you may a litle shrink with your bodie & beat his point with your hand outward from your right side toward your wea­pon, & withall you may strike a riuersa. Furthermore, if he should pul his rapier within at the same instant, to be more sure, you must carrie your right foot a little aside [Page 17]toward his left hand, and with great readines of coun­tertime you must put a thrust or stoccata to his face, tur­ning your hand most nimbly. So also in such like assalts if your enemie shuld come to strike down right blows or riuersi, do as I haue told you before, in mouing your hand with great readinesse, and finding your time and proportion. Wherefore I hold this Ward to bee verie good, as well to assaile, as for to tarrie and watch for an aduauntage. And you must especially take heede that you put not your selfe in danger, because if your enemy should finde you without your sword at length, beeing nimble & strong, striking vpon your weapon, he might make a passage with greate espeede, and make himselfe master as well of you as of your weapon, and put you in daunger of your life. Whereas contrary-wise, when you doo holde your Rapier shorte, as I haue tolde you, and that your pointe is towardes his face, you make him afraide, especially when hee comes for­ward with his hand and bodie to finde your weapon with his, he must needes come so farre that you maye easily hurt him without being hurt. Besides all this, if your enemy should come to deliuer a stoccata, imbroc­cata, mandritta, or riuersa, you haue great aduauntage, for hee cannot so readily strike, nor with such suretie as you may.

L.

But I pray you tel me this, if mine enemie should charge me with his weapon at length, as putting forth halfe his weapon in his ward, must I answere him with the like?

V.

This warde truely is verie good against all other wards in my opinion, especially if you knewe howe to charge your enemy, & to find time & proportiō to strike [Page]knowing how to turne and shift your bodie as well on the one side as the other, and vnderstanding the skill of fight, and beeing most nimble, you may aunswere him with it. But yet I would haue you to marke and consi­der well in what sorte your enemie behaueth himselfe, and howe hee holdeth the pointe of his weapon: if that you finde him holding his pointe alofte, that it bee aboue yours, when that you holde it right against his face, you must seeke to winne grounde a little wyth your right foote before you remooue, and your hande must be nimble and readie, & at that verie instant make three times with your feet at once, mouing a little with your right foot, a little with your left, and againe a little with your right. But this must proceed from very great skill and knowledge, for if your left foot tarrie behind, he may giue you a pricke in the face or in the belly, or a cut vpon the legges. Wherefore you must so come for­ward with your right foote at once, that you may haue the weapon of your enemie with your hand, and your point towards his belly. So that as you see, many & ve­rie many things may be performed by this ward, if, as I haue sayd, one be skilfull and nimble. But this I would aduise you, when you would make these passages, or put your weapon vnder your enemies, that you doe them not in vaine nor without some aduauntage. There are many which oftentimes by chance and hap, doe many things in fight, of which if a man shoulde aske them a reason, they themselues know not how they haue done them. And sometimes men verie sufficient and skilfull at their weapon, are hurt, either by their euill fortune, that they suffer themselues to bee carried awaie and o­uermastered too much with choler and rage, or else for [Page]that they make no account of their enemie. Wherefore as well in this ward as in the other, take heede that you suffer not your selfe to bee blinded and carried awaie with rage and furie.

L.

I perceiue verie well that the secrets of this noble arte are verie great, & that with great trauell and paines a man must come to the knowledge and skill both to rightly vnderstande and practise it, for otherwise I see, that by verie small errour a man comes in daunger of his life. But I praie you instruct me somwhat farther, as if at this present I were to vndertake a combat with some valiaunt man in defence of my credite and my lyfe.

V.

In truth the secretes which are in like fightes are such, that vnlesse one haue a skilfull man in this science to instruct him, and that loues him, he shall neuer come to the right vnderstanding of them. There are manye which will thinke they knowe inough, but most com­monly are deceiued: and others there are which the master or teacher loues, and shewes them faithfullie all that he can, and yet they can neuer come to anie greate matter in this science, but they who are framed of na­ture as it were, both in respect of abilities of bodie and minde fit to learne this arte, if they vse the help of a skil­full teacher, come to great perfection. And these abili­ties are the gifts of God and nature, wherefore as in o­thers, so in this worthie arte you shall finde some more apt than others, and especiallie to giue a right thrust or stoccata, which is the chiefest matter of all. For all the skil of this art in effect, is nothing but a stoccata: where­fore if you shall haue occasion to fight, I could wish you to practise this short ward, and to stand sure vpon it, & [Page]to seckey our aduauntage with time, which when you haue found, giue the stoccata withall, somewhat moo­uing your right foot, and at the same instant draw back your left, & let your rapier with your bodie shift vpon the left side, because if your enemy be cunning, he may sodainly aunswere you with a thrust, and beate aside your weapon▪ and therefore if you minde, to giue a right stoccata, there is no other waie to saue your selfe from harme. But if your enemie bee cunning and skil­full, neuer stand about giuing any foine or imbroccata, but this thrust or stoccata alone, neither it also, vnlesse you be sure to hit him: suffer your enemie to doo what he list, onely stand you vpon a sure ward, and when you finde opportunitie and time, deliuer the stoccata, and shift with your foot. And this also you must marke, that sometimes it is good to giue the stoccata to the right side, which must bee doone when your enemies right foot is ouer against yours, and sometimes to the lefte side. Wherefore when you will deliuer a stoccata to the right side, see that you go not aside with your foot, but giue the thrust, and then shifte backward with your left foot, as also when you deliuer your stoccata to the left side, you must shift aside with your right foot. These things must be knowen & much practised. But if your enemie vse a mandritta or riuersa, you haue had instru­ctions already how to behaue your selfe. There are ma­ny other secrets of this ward which cannot be written nor be made plaine or sufficiently expressed to bee vn­derstoode. And that it is so, many Gentlemen can wit­nes, who although they haue seene me doo, yet coulde neither vnderstand nor practise them vntill that I shew­ed them the waie; and then with much adoo and verie [Page]hardly. Therefore I thinke I haue spoken inough con­cerning this ward: and if you can perfourme all that I haue tolde you, it will suffice, & this our discourse may pleasure many, which take delight to vnderstand and learne these things: but if they will repaire to the tea­chers of the arte, they shal better and more fully vnder­stand and conceiue of all, because both knowledge and practise is required.

L.

I would thinke my selfe happie, Master Vincent, if I coulde remember and perfourme all which you so courteouslie haue imparted vnto mee of the for­mer fight, and as farre as I maie, I wyll doo my diligence to practise that which you haue taught, but hauing found you thus friendlie and readie to shew me what fauour you may, I am emboldned to trouble you farther, and your curtesie hath increased my longing & desire to know more in this matter, and therfore I praie you make the vnderstand the other kind of fight which heretofore you haue tolde me of, and you call it Punta riuersa.

V.

I haue alredie shewed you of what importance & profit the two former wardes are, as well for exercise of plaie, as for combat & fight, if a man will vnderstand & practise them. Now also perceiuing you so desirous to go forward, I will not faile in anie part to make you vn­derstand the excellencie of this third warde, which not­withstanding is quite cōtrarie to the other two. Because that in this you must stand with your feet euē together, as if you were readie to sit down, and your rapier hand must bee within your knee, and your point against the face of your enemie: and if your enemie put himselfe vpon the same ward, you may giue a stoccata at length [Page]

[figure]

betweene his rapier and his arme, which shall bee best performed & reach farthest, if you shift with your foot on the right side. Moreouer, if you would deliuer along stoccata, and haue perceiued that your enemie would shrinke awaie, you may, if you list, at that verie instant giue it him, or remoue with your right foot a little back toward his left side, and bearing backe your bodie, that his point may misse your bellie, you maie presentlie hit him on the brest with your hand or on the face a riuer­so, or on the legs: but if your enemie would at that time free his point to giue you an imbroccata, you may turn your bodie vpon your right knee, so that the said knee [Page]bend toward the right side, & shifting with your body a little, keepe your left hand ready vpon a soddaine to finde the weapon of your enemie, and by this meanes you may giue him a punta riuersa a stoccata, or a riuer­sa, to his legs. But to perform these matters, you must be nimble of body & much practised: for although a man haue the skill, & vnderstand the whole circumstance of this play, yet if he haue not taken paines to get an vse and readines therein by exercise, (as in all other artes the speculation without practise is imperfect) so in this, when he commeth to performance, hee shall perceiue his want, and put his life in hazard and ieopardie.

L.

But tell me I pray you, if my enemy should firste strike at me, how may I defend my selfe?

V.

If your enemy be first to strike at you, and if at that instant you would make him a passata or remoue, it be­houeth you to be very ready with you feet and hand, and beeing to passe or enter, you muste take heede when hee offereth a stoccata, that you doo not put it a­side with your weapon, because if hee should finde you in good time and measure, you could not so readilye put it by, as hee should be readye to giue it you. But when that hee offereth the saide stoccata, be readye to turne the knuckle of your hand toward you right side, and let your point be right vpon the bellie of your ene­mie, and let your left foote accompanie it in such sorte, that the pointe thereof be against the right foot of your enemie, and let your right foot follow the left, that the middest thereof be straight against the heele of your lefte, the one being distant from the other, halfe a pace, that you may stand more sure vpon your feete, and be more redy to perform at things which shalbe required.

L.
[Page]

But tell me I praie you, whether this warde may serue me to any other purpose, then for this stoccata.

V.

If you minde to deliuer a stoccata like to the be­fore mentioned, you must win ground with your right foot, toward the right side of your enemie, and as you finde the time and measure, giue him a stoccata either in the belly or in the face, and if your enemie shrink at that time that you deliuer your stoccata, it stands vpon you to be most readye and nimble, shifting with your bodie and weapon, and somewhat with your right foote, a little aside towards the right side of your ene­mie, turning readilie your bodie and knee vpon your right side, so that your enemie himselfe shal come with his bodie vpon your pointe, and the more furious he commeth, the greater danger shall he incurre, because he cannot helpe nor recouer himselfe. But remember to thrust alwaies at the face, if you may, for therby you shall the better saue your selfe, and haue the greater aduantage. Moreouer, if your enemie should make a false proffer, or deliuer a little stoccata, to the ende to procure you to answere him, that presently hee might make you a passata or remoue, if you be in good pro­portion and measure, if he thrust at you, answere him, and if you will you may giue it him full and home, or somewhat scant: and with great agilitie, whilest he ma­keth his passata or remoue, turn readie your bodie with your knee, but yet vpon the right side, and take heede you shift not with your feete at this time, but onelie turne your bodie, as I haue tolde you, otherwise you should be in danger of your life, how little soeuer you shrincke backe: and therefore I aduise you to beware that you goe not beyonde that which I haue taught [Page]you. Morouer, if you can win ground on the right side of your enemie, and become master of his sword, you need not thrust a stoccata, but rather passe on him with your point aboue his sword, turning wel your hand as in an imbroccata, or else giue him a stoccata by a finc­ture, vnder his swoord hand, which is sooner done, re­membring to passe forward with your left foot toward his right, and so let your right foot follow your left: but beware in any case that you neuer passe directly vpon your enemy, for endangering your life. If your aduer­sary thrust directly to your face within measure, answer him with a stoccata, in the same time that he lifteth vp his hande, but if you bee out of distance, answere not, for then you put your selfe in danger. And when your enemie offereth a stramazone or back blowe, receiue it on your sword very readilie, turning your pointe, and passing speedly with your left legge, as before taught: but if he make a punta riuersa, breake it with your lefte hand toward your right side, and giue him another: and if he vse any fincture or false thrust, answer him not. Now if your enemie hold his sword out at length, and you perceiue his pointe to be anie whit without your bodie, especiallie on the left side, you must charge him, being readie with your lefte hand, so that finding his point any whit high, you shal falsefie with your sword hand vnder his Swoorde, passing forward with your lefte foote in the same instant, still following your ene­mie without retiring, for so you shall be commaun­der of his Swoord, and may vse him at your pleasure: but remember to be very redy, for you must make but on time, & take good heed that you stād not stil in do­ing this, for so, if your aduersary haue any skil, he may [Page]greatlye annoye you, either with thrustes or blowes. And oftentimes your enemy wil giue such aduantage of purpose to haue you passe on him: therefore you must well vnderstand what you doo.

L.

I praie you is this all the vse of that ward?

V.

When you perfectlie vnderstand your weapons, it maie serue you otherwise, so that you hold not your swoord hand within your knee, for if you finde your e­nemie to beare his swoord long, being in distance, you maie sodenlie beat it aside with your swoord, and with­all giue him a stoccata in the bellie, which must bee done all in one time, speedilie turning your bodie on the right side, or else retyring with your right foote to­ward the right side of your enemie: otherwise, if you stand vpon it, as manie doo, you might much endan­ger your selfe thereby, for if your aduersarie being fu­rious should passe on you in the same time, hee might put your life in ieopardie: but by the agilitie of the bo­die, it is easilie to be auoided: and againe, when you finde his point long, you maie breake it aside with your swoorde, and giue him a Stramazone, or a riuersa to the head, but with readines of the bodie, or you maie thrust a stoccata, either to the bellie or face: and if your enemie offer to breake it with his swoorde, you maie falsefie soddenlie aboue his swoorde, and if he breake it aboue, falfesie againe vnderneath his swoorde, or if you be readie with foote and bodie, you maie passe on him whilste he breaketh your fincture with his sword, fastning your left hand on the hiltes of his swoord, and you maie giue him a stoccata, either direct, or with a ri­uersa: but looke that you laie not holde of his arme, for if your enemie perceiue it, hee maie change his Rapier [Page]sodainly into his other hand, & so haue you at a great aduantage, & therfore I teach you to laie hold on the hilts, because you haue then commanded his sword surely: and if your enemie finding your point out at length, would beat it aside with his rapier, to passe vp­pon you, retire your left foote a little backward, and with greate promptnesse in the same instant, falsifie with a riuersa either to the face or bellye, of which kinde of thrusts you shal often haue vse, but you must be verie readie and well practised therein: therefore you must labour it, that when occasion require you may performe it.

THE FIRST DAYES Discourse, concerning the Rapier and Dagger.

Luke.

IF anie had euer cause to bee sorrowfull for their departure from friends & pa­rents, then had I iust occasion to take our departures one from the other most grieuous. And therfore our mee­ting againe in so pleasant a place as this, must needes be verie ioyfull and delightsome: wherefore among other fauours you haue doone mee in instructions of the single Rapier, I intreate you to shew me the lyke touching Rapier and Dagger.

V.
[Page]

That which I haue heretofore shewed you, is but small in regarde of that I meane to teach you hereafter, so that hauing deliuered you the manner of the single Rapier, you may the better conceiue my discourse of the Rapier and Dagger, because it ser­ueth much to the vse thereof: and it shall not be ne­cessary wholye to repeate the same, but I will onelye shewe you how to put your selfe in garde with your Rapier and Dagger, for if I desire to make a good scholler, I would my self put his Rapier in one hand, and his Dagger in the other, and so place his body in the same sorte, that I haue before spoken of in the single Rapier, setting his right foot formost, with the point of his Rapier drawne in short, and the Dagger helde out at length, bending a little his right knee, with the heele of his right foote directlye against the midst of the lefte, causing him to goe round toward the left side of his aduersary in a good measure, that he may take his aduantage, and then I would thrust a stoccata to his bellye beneath his Dagger, remouing my right foote a little toward his left side.

L.

And what must your scholler doe the whilste?

V.

The scholler must break it downward, with the point of his Dagger toward his left side, and then put a stoccata to my belly beneath my Dagger, in which time I breaking it with the pointe of my Dagger, goe a little aside toward his lefte hand, and make an im­broccata aboue his Dagger, and the scholler shall breake the imbroccata with his Dagger vpward, par­ting circularely with his right foote toward my lefte side, and so thrust vnto mee an imbroccata aboue [Page]my Dagger, in which time, with the pointe of my Dagger, I will beate it outward toward my lefte side, and answere him with a stoccata in the bellye vnder his Dagger, parting circularely with my right foote toward his left side: and in the same time he must answere me with the like vnder my Dagger, breaking my stoccata outward toward his lefte side, stepping toward my lefte side with his right foote, at which time I must mooue with my bodye to saue my face, and breake his poynte toward my right side, answe­ring him with a riuersa to the head, and so retire with my right foote, at which time he must come forward with his lefte foote in the place of my right, and his Dagger high and straite, turning his swoorde hand, so that his poynte may goe directlye to my bellye, and he must take the riuersa on his sworde and Dag­ger.

Luke.

But is it not better for the scholler to holde his Dagger with the point vpward, as I haue seene many doe to defend a riuersa?

Vincentio.

He that holdeth the point vpward, is euer in dan­ger to be hurt on the head, or to receiue a findure in the bellye or in the face, and likewise he is in ieoper­dye to be hurt with a Stramazone, betweene the Ra­pier and the Dagger, because hee closeth not his weapons: therefore remember well how to car­rye your Dagger, and by exercise you shall see the Dagger, for there are many that breake the stoccata inward.

[figure]
L.

Why then do you neuer breake anie thrust in­ward?

V.

All stoccataes comming vnder the Dagger, & imbroccataes aboue the Dagger, are to bee beaten outward toward the lefte side, but an imbrocata by a riuersa either in the belly or in the face, should be bro­ken inward toward the right side, with a little retiring of the bodie, which must be answered with a riuersa well followed, in which instant the scoller must passe forward with his lefte foote, then will I retire wyth my left foote behinde my right, and yeelding backe with my bodie, I will beate the point of his swoorde [Page]with my dagger toward my lefte side, and so make a direct thrust to his head: then the scholler must step with his right foote in the place of my lefte, carrying his Dagger not too high, but so that his arme and his Dagger be held straight out, to receiue a blow if it be offered, and then he shall thrust a stoccata to my bel­ly, which I will beat toward my left side, and make an imbrocata aboue his Dagger, stepping with my right foote toward his left side, then must he beate my im­brocata toward his lefte side, parting with his right foot on my left side, and so make an imbrocata aboue my Dagger, then I parting with my right foot on his lefte side, will beate his imbrocata towarde my lefte side, and make a blow to his head: in which time hee must do the halfe incartata, that is, he must bee readie while I lift vp my hand, to put a stoccata to my belly, bearing out wel his dagger to receiue the blow, turn­ing sodainly his body on the left side, so that the heel of his right foot be iust against the middle of his left, and this is the true halfe incartata.

L.

I pray you why do you make your schollers vse so many stoccataes and imbrocataes?

V.

To make my schollers apt and readie with ra­pier, dagger, and foot, that they may accompany one another in one instant, whereof there is great vse in fight. But one that would teach these principles and cannot plaie with his body, putteth himselfe in great danger to be hit on the face, especially if the scholler bee anie thing readie, and thrust a long stoccata, for if the scholler answere readily, his dagger cannot saue him. Therefore hee that wil exercise these rudiments [Page]must haue a very apt and well framed body, so that if you desire to bee made readye and perfect, practise these principles, learning well the time and measure, and therby you shall open your spirites in the know­ledge of the secrets of armes: neither do as many do, who when they are to fight, playe like children that runne to learne their lessons when they should re­peat them, therefore learne, that in time of peace you may vse it for a good excercise of the bodye, and in time of warre you may knowe how to defend your selfe against your enemies: and do not as many, that when they haue iust occasion to fight, withdraw thē ­selues, despising knowledge and vertue, not conside­ring that almost euery little prick killeth a man, and I haue seen which thorough a foolish conceite of their owne abilitie, haue been wounded and slaine: ther­fore if you will preuent the fury of such, you must be well practised in your weapons.

L.

As farre as I can perceiue, the rules of the sin­gle rapier, and of Rapier and Dagger, are alone, and I see well, that to learne first the Rapier alone, is very necessary to bring the body, hand, and weapon to be readye together in one instant, but one difference I finde betweene the single Rapier and the other, be­cause in managing the Rapier alone, you cause the scholler to hold his left hand shorte, and in the other to holde out his hand and Dagger as straight as hee may, whereof I would gladly know the reason.

V.

At the single Rapier if you holde foorth your lefte hand at length, your enemye maye wound you thereon, because you are not so well garded as if you [Page]withdrew it shorter, neither so readye to put by the swoorde of your aduersarye as with a Dagger, and therefore remember this well.

L.

I see it standeth with good reason, but I praie you shew how I must assault mine enemie in fight? or how being assaulted by him, I must defend my selfe?

V.

There are many that when they come to fight, runne on headlong without discretion, because fin­ding themselues iniured, they holde it their partes to assault first.

L.

Why? is it not the challengers parte to bee the first assaulter?

V.

Yes, if you finde time and opportunitie, for (I pray) tell me why goe you to fight?

L.

To defend mine honour and maintaine my right.

V.

What is to defend your reputacion, but so to hurt your enemye, as your selfe may escape free? for when you goe to fight, put on this resolution, either to take away his life, or to cause him to acknowledge his faulte, with seeking pardon for the same, which is more honorable then a blody victory: neither do like children, which in their wanton fighting stand farre a sunder, and make semblance to beate one another: therefore note it well, for if your aduersary be a man of iudgement and valour, and you be the first in offe­ring, you bring your lyfe in ieopardye: for either of you being within distāce obseruing time, the first of­ferer is in danger to be slain or wounded in the coū ­ter time, especially if he thrust resolutelye: but if you [Page]be skilfull and not the other, then may you gain time and measure, and so hit him, sauing your selfe, & then the more furiouslie your enemie commeth on, the more he runneth headlong vpon his owne danger. Some are of opinion that they can hit him that shall hit them first, but such as haue neuer fought: or if by chance in one fight they haue beene so fortunate, let them not thinke that Summer is come because one swallow is seene. Mee thinketh more commendable for a man to defend himselfe, and not offend his ene­mie, than to hurt his enemie and bee wounded him­selfe, for when you shall perceiue the danger that in­sueth by euery assault without time and measure, you wil change your opinion: arid some others there are that hold it a shame for a man to retire.

L.

In deede it is accounted disgracefull to giue ground, because therein a man seemeth to feare his enemie.

V.

There is difference betweene retiring order­ly and running backward, for to hit and retire is not discommendable, though the other be shamefull, & hee that holdes the contrarie, vnderstandeth little the danger of weapons.

L.

And I praie you what good doth retiring?

V.

If you be assaulted on the sodain, your enemy hauing gained time and measure, so that you are in e­uident danger to bee slaine, had you rather die than retire a foot?

L.

Some are resolute rather to die than yeelde an inch.

V.

But if such knew they should bee slaine, & that [Page]so small a matter would saue their liues, I doubt not but they would retire with both feete rather then faile. Many talke as they haue heard, and not as they know: whereupon I will recite a Combate perfour­med by a great Captaine called Signior Ascanio del­la Cornia.

L.

Truly I haue heard of one such but I know not whether it were he that was a master of the Campe in that great armie of Don Iohn d'Austria against the Turke.

V,

He was the very same, but to come to the mat­ter touching the opinion of the ignorant: this Cap­taine being entred the listes against his aduersarie in the presence of many Princes and great men (which listes enuironing the circuit appointed for the Com­bate, and being touched by either of them, the same person is helde vanquished, as if he had beene driuen out) was very furiouslye charged by his enemie, and sought at the first onely to saue himselfe by retiring, which the other perceiuing, began to scoffe at him, bidding him beware of the listes, wherewithall the Captaine espying aduantage, made a resolute stocca­ta cleane through his bodye, and so slew him, now whether of these think you wonne most honour?

L.

In my iudgement Ascanio, who entertained the furie of his aduersarye, till in discretion hee found o­portunitie to execute his purpose.

V.

I am glad to heare you of that opinion, for wee see the like in martiall policye, where oftentimes re­traites are made of purpose to drawe the enemye ei­ther into some imboscata or place of aduantage, and [Page]such as are most insolent and presumptuous, are easi­est drawne into those plots, who runne headlong on their death like beastes. In like sorte, hee that vnder­standeth the true vse of his weapons, will suffer his aduersarye in his rashnes, vntill he finde time and ad­uantage safely to annoy him. And sithens I haue be­gun to speake of combates, I wil recite one other per­fourmed in Piemont, in the time of Charles the 5. betweene two Italians, and two Spaniards, as I haue heard it deliuered by diuers Gentlemen present at the action. A Spanish Captaine, more braue in shew then valorous in deede, to insinuate himselfe with the Emperour, began in scornfull sorte to finde fault with other nations, and among the rest, with Italians, where the Spaniard had neuer had foote of ground, if the Italians themselues had not beene made instru­ments of their owne conqueste: but to let that passe, this Spaniard hauing in woords disgraced the Italian nation, it came to the Italians eares, whereupon two Italians, the one of Padua, and the other of Vicenza, wrote a cartell vnto the Spaniard, which was carried by him of Vicenza, who finding the Spaniard ac­companied with diuers Gentlemen, deliuered him the cartell, which he receiued, saying that hee would go to his Chamber and read it, whereunto the Vi­centine replyed, that he should read it ere hee depar­ted, and that it was a cartel. Which the Spaniard ha­uing read in presence of the whole companye, asked the Vicentine whether he or his fellow would main­taine the cartell, to whome the Vicentine answered, that the woords repeated in the cartell was a lye, and [Page]that hee was present to auouch it: wherewithall hee offered to draw foorth his sworde, and so the Spani­ard and his companion accepted the combat against the two Italians, of which matter the Emperour ha­uing aduertisement, conceiued displeasure against the presumption of the Spaniard, and so, place of combate was prepared in presence of many great personages: the combatters being entered the listes, one of the Italians (who were both in their shirts one­ly) rent of the lefte sleeue of his shirt, which the Spa­niard beholding, saide hee needed not take so muche paine, for he meant to haue cut of his arm sleeue and all: to whom the Padouan replyed, that he meant to haue cut of the Spaniards head firste, and therefore prepared his arme for the purpose, wherwithall they encountred all very furiouslye, so that the Vicentine was first wounded, who crying out to his fellow that he was hurt, the Padouan comforted him with hope of better successe to come, and began warely to keep his garde, but the Spaniards presuming on the victo­rie, charged them so much the harder without re­garde, till at length the Padouan finding his time, with a resolute stoccata ranne the one through the bodie, and with a sodaine riuersa, cut the others neck almost quite in sunder, and so they were both slaine together: I haue induced these examples for two causes, the one, for that many contemne this art, and make no account therof, and the other because there are some so insolent, as they seek nothing but to sowe discension between frendes and allies, which if they were restrained, it might saue the liues of many men: [Page]for as wee see in the last example, there wanted not much to haue caused a generall mutiny between the Spaniard & the Italian, through the insolencie of the Spaniard, if the Emperour had not drawne the mat­ter to a shorter triall, by forbidding any one to offer the first blow amongst them, vpon paine of death: pronouncing the Italians victors, that had acquited themselues in so honourable sorte. Therefore you may see how dangerous the company of these quar­relsome persons is, who doe lesse harme with their swordes then with their tungs: for as the Italian pro­uerbe is, La lingua non ha osso, ma fa rompere il dosso, that is, the tung hath no bones, and yet it breaketh the backe: ill tunges are occasions of much debate. But to returne from whence I haue digressed, you must neuer be too rash in fight, account of your enemye, yet feare him not, and seeke all meanes to become victor, and so you shall maintaine your reputation, and not endanger your selfe in vnaduised hastines.

L.

I haue taken great pleasure in these discourses, which in my opinion importe very much the know­ledge of Gentlemen, and truely the Spaniards were iustly punished for their pride, in scorning other nati­ons: you shall see manye of that humour, that will blame other nations, who deserue to be reiected out of all ciuile company: for if one man haue a faulte, his whole countrie is not straight to bee condemned thereof. But shew me I beseech you, how I must be­haue my selfe when I am to fight, you haue alreadye taught mee the time, measure, and motion of my bo­dy, and now I would learne something of resolution.

V.
[Page]

Hauing taken weapons in hand, you must shewe boldnes and resolution against your enimy, and be sure to put yourselfe well in gard, seeking the aduantage of your enemie, and leape not vp and downe. And be­ware in charging your enemie you goe not leaping, if you be farre off, but when you approch, gard your selfe well, for euerie little disorder giueth aduantage to your aduersarie, therefore learne to knowe aduantages, and thrust not at your enemie vntill you bee sure to hit, and when you haue giuen measure, note when it is time to thrust: then finding your enemie out of garde, make a stoccata resolutely, or else not at all: for although you be in time and measure, and yet your enemie bee well garded, he may verie easily hurt you though his skill be but small. As may be seene in many, which altogether ignorant in the vse of weapons, will naturally put them selues in some gard, so that if one looke not well about him, he shal be much endangered by such a one, not be­cause he knoweth what he doth, but by reason that not foreseeing the danger, hee followeth his purpose wyth resolution, without being able to yeelde a cause for that he hath done. Therefore (I saie) you must seeke to gain not measure onely, but time and opportunitie as wel to saue your selfe as anie your enemie, if you will do well, & then if it happen not well vnto you, thinke that God doth punish you for your sinnes: for wee see often that at some one time a man will doo excellent well, & yet afterward he shall seeme as though he had neuer taken weapons in hand. And to make it the more apparant: There was a souldier in Prouence for his valor in many exploites before shewed, generally reputed a verie gal­lant man, who on a time being in a town besieged, was [Page]so suddenlye stricken with the terrour of the batterie, and dismaide therewith, that hee could no longer re­fraine from seeking some caue to hide himselfe: who af­terward taking hart agresse, came foorth againe, and beeing demaunded of the Captaines where hee had been, who told them the truth of the whole matter, and afterward behaued himselfe very valiantly.

In like sorte Marco Querini a gentleman of Venice, Captaine of the Gallies belonging to the signorye of Venice, in the sea Adriaticum, liuing delicatelye in all carelessenes, suffered the Turkes to run ouer the gulfe, spoyling and robbing at their pleasure, not daring to make resistance, which the Generall of the Signory vn­derstanding, repaired thither with all expedition, thret­ning Querini Captaine of the gulfe, if hee perfourmed his office no better, the whole shipping should bee ta­ken from him, & he sent home to Venice on foot. The shame whereof moued him so farre, that afterward hee became famous for his exploites.

Moreouer in the time of the Venecians warres with the Turke, the Generall of the Turkish forces beeing come into the Sea Adriaticke, neere vnto Schiauonia, Allibassa & Carracossa, who afterward died in the bat­taile of Pautou, would needs inuade the Isle Cursolla with some forces, and batter a towne there, where the men disinaied with the soddainnes of the attempt, be­tooke themselues to flight, and left the place to the de­sence of the women, who quitted thēselues with such vndaunted courage, that one of them betaking her self to a peece of artillerie, plaied the gunner so artificiallie, that she directed a shot cleane through the ship where Allibassa was, much spoyling the same, which hee per­ceiuing, presently commaunded the ancker to be wai­ed, [Page]and hoising vp sailes, retired all his forces, by which meanes the women saued the cittie: so that heerin we see the difference of mens dispositions in courage at di­uers times, and yet I commend it not in any man to want valour at any time. But to come to the purpose, albeit one be not so well disposed to the managing of weapons at one time, as at some other, yet hauing the practise and vnderstanding thereof, he shall euer be suf­ficient to maintaine his parte.

L.

It may well be that you haue saide, and I thinke that hee that hath the perfect vse of his weapons, may very well defend himselfe against any man, though hee finde his body but ill disposed: but seeing you haue be­gun to discourse of time, I pray you teach mee some­thing concerning the difference of time.

V.

You know what I haue saide concerning the same, in my discourse of the single Rapier, and in like sorte I must instruct with Rapier and dagger: therefore you must at the first charge your enemye, and hauing gotten aduantage of ground on the lefte side, you must make a stoccata vnder his dagger, if he hold it too high, retiring immediately a little with your lefte foote, ac­companied with your right, but finding his dagger low you must make a fincture vnderneath, and thrust aboue his dagger, & that is the iust time, in doing whereof you must remember to carry your right foote a little aside, following with the left toward the left part of your ad­uersary, and if he offer you either stocata or imbrocata, you may answer him with a half incartata, turning your hands as in doing the stoccata: or otherwise if hee beare his dagger low, you may thrust to his face, which is les danger for you, because euerye little blowe in the face [Page]staieth the furie of a man more than anie other place of his body, for being through the bodie, it happeneth of­ten times that the same man killeth his enimy notwith­standing in the furie of his resolution: but the bloud that runneth about the face, dismaieth a man either by stopping his breath, or hindering his fight: and he shall oftner find aduantage to hit in the face than in the belly if he lie open with his weapons: but marke wel how he carrieth his rapier, if long & straight with his Dagger a­loft, you must charge him lowe on your right foot, and hauing gained measure, beate downe the pointe of his sword with your dagger, and make a stoccata vnder his dagger without retiring, but beware that in breaking his point you put not downe his dagger arme, but hold it firme, neither draw it in, least your enemie hit you on the face, or giue you an imbrocata aboue your dagger: but bearing your dagger firme and straight, if your ene­mie should answere your stoccata, he might be in daun­ger to receiue a thrust. If your enemie carrie his sword short, in an open ward, you maie come straight on him and giue him a puntariuersa either in the belly or face, with such readines, that your sword be halfe within his dagger before hee can breake it, turning nimblye your hand toward your left side, so that in offering to breake he shall make himselfe be hit either in the face or in the belly: and forget not to retire an halfe pace with the right foot, accompanied with the left.

Moreouer, if your enimie lie with his sword alofte, and the point downwards, you maie charge him foure waies, first on the right side, closing your weapons in a lowe gard, and your right foot within the right foot of your enimie toward his left side, and then being within [Page]distance, giue him a stoccata, sudenly drawing home your point againe, or you may play with your bodie, but hold your dagger firm, marking (as it were) with one eye the motion of your aduersarie, and with the other the aduantage of thrusting.

Secondly, you may make a stoccata to his bellye, not resolutely, but to cause him to answere you, and then you must playe with your bodye toward your lefte side, and bearing the thrust on your right side, passe a little on his right side, and make a riuersa a­boue his sworde.

Thirdly, you may come vpon his point with your dagger, closing well your weapons, and then beating away his point with your dagger, in the same instant put a stoccata either to his face or bellye, but in anye case stirre not your dagger arme, least hee falsifie and giue you an imbroccata aboue the dagger: therefore remember to beare your arme straite, and only your wrist higher or lower.

Fourthly, you may charge him on the right side in the same warde, but contrariwise, for where before you bent your body on the right side, you must now turne on the left, so that his pointe may still be with­out your body, and hold your dagger at length, then being within measure, you may suddenly passe with your left foot, carrying the point of your dagger vp­ward, and turne your point vnder his Rapier, that it goe directly to his belly, in manner of an imbrocca­ta, in doing whereof you must turne your body well, lifting vp your sworde hand, and with your Rapier and Dagger, assure your selfe of his, otherwise your [Page]weapons lying open, if your enemye bee skilfull, and know how to turn his hand, hee might hit you either in the bellye or face with a riuersa, or cut you on the head, for euery disorder endangereth a mans life.

Furthermore, if your enemy carry his sword low, charge him directly, turning your body on the right side, with your dagger at length, the pointe hanging something toward the ground, and then as you finde his dagger, so make your thrust: if high, to his belly, if lowe, to his face: if his head be aboue, put a stoccata to his face by a trauersa (as it were) vnder his dagger, and forget not to retire withall with your right foot: and if hee hold out his sword with the the pointe vp­ward when you are toward his right side, you shall put your self in the ward aforesaid, bending your bo­dy on your lefte side, and so gaining ground, make a stoccata vnder his sworde, so that your dagger be vn­der his rapier, and keepe it without your bodye from your left side, and your point in his belly: and remem­ber alwaies that in taking your enemies pointe, you stir not your dagger arme, because hee may then en­danger you, as I haue before said. Moreouer, if your enemie put himselfe in the same gard, with his rapier at length, and you in your gard with your right foot formost and your point held short, so that your right foot be opposite to his, you shall little and little steale ground with your right foote, and followe with the left, till you are within distance, and then with agili­tie thrust either to his belly or face: and this is a nota­ble thing if it bee well vnderstoode, for beside the knowledg it requireth practise, that you learne not to approche neerer to your enemy then you may saue [Page]your self: otherwise you may charge him on the right side, bending your body to the left side, and then ha­uing gotten the aduantage, you must suddenly passe with your left foote, turning withall your pointe vn­der his sworde, that it ascend to his bellye, and clap your dagger as neere as you can to the hiltes of his swoorde, all which together with the motion of the body, must be done at one instant. I shall not need to discourse much of your enemies holding of his dag­ger, but as your enemy carrieth it, either high or low, so (I say) you must with discretion thrust either to his face or belly: but you must bee verye well exercised in these passataes, for perfourming them with quick­nes of the bodye, albeit you happen to faile of your purpose, yet your enemie shalbe able to take no ad­uantage therof, but you shalbe ready to anoy him stil either aboue or beneath, wherein you must followe him in mouing his body: so shall you stil holde your aduantage, and hit him where you will, & if he thrust again, you shall break toward your right side, and re­ply with a riuersa to the face. Againe if your enemie beare his rapier long and straight, you may charge him, and beating away his sworde with your owne, sudenly turn in your point to his face or belly, which is a verie good thrust, being done with great agilitie,

If you perceiue your enemies rapier farre out, & that he go about to falsifie vpon you either aboue or vnderneath your dagger, then put your selfe in your ward, with your weapons close together, and as low as you may, holding firme your dagger hande, and whatsoeuer falsifieng he maketh, neuer moue awaie your Dagger hande, neither lifte it high or lowe [Page]to get your enemies Rapier, and if you lye belowe in the ward when he falsifieth, remaine so without styr­ring any higher, (for otherwise hee might at that time finde fit opportunitie to hit you, if he be skilfull in wepons) but follow him close, for if he once thrust resolutely, be it aboue or beneath, he must needs lose his whole Rapier, and you may easily hit him: and in your thrusting stand firme with your body and dag­ger. Also if he holde his dagger straight vpward, and that the point of his rapier be at the hiltes of his dag­ger, as you shall finde occasion, so doe, that is, if his dagger hand be high, thrust a stoccata to him vnder his dagger: if lowe, make a stoccata to his face, either close by the hand, or by the middest of his arme, and and if you will thrust as you are in your warde you may, or else with retiring. Moreouer, if your enemie turne his dagger point toward his right side, charge him on that side, with a punta riuersa to his face, re­maining in your warde, or retiring as you please. A­gaine, if he lying in that warde, carry his point out of the warde of your dagger any whit a little too high, charge him close, and holding forth your Dagger, you may suddenly take his point with your Dagger, or if you will you may by remouing the right foote a little forward, giue him a stoccata, but keepe stedfast your dagger hand, as I taught you before, least other­wise he make an imbroccata to your face. Againe, if he carrye his point any whit too much toward your right side, turn your body on your left side, in a good ward, charging him on the right side, and bring your right foote cleane without his right foot, and hauing so doone, thrust your rapier vnder his about the mid­dle, [Page]and so make a passata vpon him, or you may charge with a riuersa to his throte, or such like, either abiding in your warde, or suddenlye scaping away with your body. If you perceiue he holde his rapier farre out, and not turned, charge him below, turning your body on the right side, and turne your dagger point somewhat lowe vpon your enemies point, and hauing gotten this aduantage, being within measure, thrust either to his bellye or face, as you shall best see cause.

L.

I finde now that after a man hath the arte, hee must also haue great exercise and practise to bring his bodie to a true frame. But as you haue hetherto she­wed me to charge mine enemie in due time, so now I praie you teach me to defend my selfe when my eni­mie chargeth me.

V.

If your enemie charge you, and haue gotten a­nie aduantage of you either with his foot, or turning of the bodie, or rapier, or dagger, or by what meanes soeuer, seeke to put your selfe in a sure warde, and re­tire a little, keeping your selfe still in gard, least else by retiring, if you moue vp your bodie or dagger, your enemy might by dexteritie and quicknes offend you greatly: but whilest hee chargeth you, couet to turne your bodie to one side or other, as you find the point of your enemies rapier, and euen at that instant that he moueth his foot in charging you, as you finde him open in any place, so seeke to offend him, and beware (as I sayd before) in what sort you retire, for somtime there is a fit time; when you thrust to retire, and some times not, therefore take diligent heed thereunto.

Moreouer, when he hath gotten aduantage, being [Page]in his ward, if he wold thrust a stoccata to you vnder your dagger, you shall be nimble to auoide it by tur­ning your daggers point downward, & you shall an­swere him with a stoccata, or imbrocata, or punta ri­uersa, as you shall finde opportunitie: but if he make an imbrocata aboue your dagger, you may auoide it by lifting vp a little the point of your dagger, and by turning the wrist of your hand to the left side, for that his imbrocata shall go cleane without your left side, & you may make a thrust to him, as you shall finde him open in anie place. Againe, if hee make an imbrocata to your bodie, you may giue backe a little with your bodie, and beat it awaie with your right side, & may make to him a punta riuersa to his bodie or face: like­wise if he be towards your right side, & thrust at your face, you may yet beat it awaie, & answere him with a punta riuersa or a passata. Againe, if he make an im­brocata aboue your dagger, beware that your rapiers point be within his, and make vnto him a meza-in­carta, turning the pointe either to the belly, face, or throate: but you must with greate agilitie turne your point & bodie on your right side. Againe, if he make a blow to your head, at the instant that he moueth his hand make you sodainly a stoccata vnto him, and (if you be in a good ward) you may make a punta riuer­sa to his thigh, but if he make a blow to your leg, stand fast in your warde with your bodie farre out, and in his thrusting come forwarde with your right foote, whereby you shal cause him to leese the greatest part of his rapier, and turne your dagger point low, recei­uing the blow on the same, and you may make vnto him either a stoccata to the face, or a riuersa to his [Page]necke or arme. Again, when he thrusteth to your leg, remoue your right foote to your right side, as it were making a circle, & so offend your enimy: as if he make a riuersa to the head, you may take it vpon your rapi­er & dagger, passing with your left foot, turning your rapier hand & making a stoccata: and if you will you may by passing receiue the riuersa vpon your dagger onely, but looke you carrie your dagger point aloft, as I haue told you before. Againe, if hee make the ri­uersa to your leg, you may sodeinly passe with your left foot to his right, & take the riuersa on your dag­ger, for thereby you get the strength of his rapier, and are master of it, and may easily strike him. Again, if he make anie violent blow at your head, retire a litle on your lefte side, & receiue it with your rapiers point, passing with your left foote, & turning your point to his face, & clapping your dagger on his rapier: all o­ther blowes and riuersaes you may easily receiue on your dagger, but it behoueth you to receiue thē with the point of your rapier, otherwise your enemie might thrust his rapier between your rapier & dagger especially if he cast his hande vpward, and his pointe downward, therefore take heed how you thrust, for these are all good times. If your enemie come furi­ouslie vpon you to assault you, keep you still in your gard, and in his comming neere to you, thrust at him, for he is neither in ward nor yet standeth firme, and the more resolutely he commeth vpon you, the more he is in danger, and the woorse is it for him, because hee may easily with a little pricke bee slaine: but cou­rage ioyned with skill and knowledge is verie good.

Againe, if a tall man should assault a little man, this ward is exceeding good for the tal man, because if he charge the other, & the tall man thrust, being within rech, he loseth his point, & the litle man may giue him a stoccata, or make a passata at him, but if the tall man know how to put himself in ward & thrust, he might haue great aduauntage by the length of his reach, in thrusting a stoccata, and retiring with his bodie. A­gaine, if your enemie woulde make a passata on you with his left foote, when you finde him to remoue, & woulde beate your weapons a waie with his dagger, moue your right foote a little backward, and sodein­ly turne your point ouer his dagger, and make an im­brocata to him, for in his passing he looseth his dag­ger, and whilest he passeth, you may retire a little into your ward, and make a stoccata to his face, and suche like, whereof I cannot now stand to write.

[...]
[figure]

The first Booke. THE SECOND DAYES Discourse, of Rapier and Dagger.

Luke.

I Haue been so well satisfi­ed with this firste ward of Rapier and Dagger, that I should thinke my selfe verye happie, to put in practise, as much as you deliuered vnto me in pre­cept: but I will not spare any labour to exercise all. But now you shal doe me much pleasure, if you will teach mee the other warde, which you call Puncta riuersa.

V.

I haue discoursed vnto you, how profitable the former wardes bee, as well to learne as to fight, beeing well vnderstoode and practised: and euen so will I now make you acquainted with the worthines of this ward, and of what importance it is, notwithstanding that it is quite contrary to the other: especially, in lear­ning of it. Therfore he that will teach that warde, must place his scholler euen as at single Rapier, that is, that his feete stand both equall with toe and heele, euen as if hee were to sitte downe, and that his Rapier handle be held within side of his right knee, and that somwhat shorte, and that his Dagger be helde out at length with his arme stretched out, holding the point of his rapier [Page]continuallie vpon the face of his maister, who ought to set him selfe in the same ward, and to giue a stoccato in the middle of the Rapier, in punta riuersa to his schol­ler, or else betweene the arme and the Rapier, or in the bellie, or in the face, escaping a little backeward with his right foot, accompanied somewhat with his left, to­wards his lefte side.

L.

What shall the scholler doe in the meane while?

V.

While your maister giueth you the thrust, you shall not strike it by with your dagger, but onelie tur­ning your Rapier hand, passe with your lefte foote to­wards his right side, and the point of your Rapier being placed aboue his, and thrust forwarde, shall enter right into his bellie.

L.

And what shall the maister doe to saue himselfe?

V.

When hee giueth the thrust, and you passe to­wards his right side, hee shall with great nimblenes re­coyle a little backward with his right foot, accompani­ed with the left toward the left side, bearing his bodie backward, and pearching your Rapier with his dagger, shall strike it outward from his left side, and giue you a Mandritta at the head.

L.

Then what remaines for me to doe?

V.

You shal come with your right foote, to the place where your maisters right foot was, and shal giue him a thrust in the belly or in the face, receiuing the mandrit­ta vpon your Rapier and Dagger, and the euent will be no other then the same of the former ward: and by this meanes you shall become very nimble and quick, both with foote, hand, and bodie: otherwise, if you haue not all these partes readie and perfect, by offering the stoccata, you hazard your self gretly & dangerously.

For while you thrust, if your aduersarie surpasse you in nimblenesse, and bee readie, he may enter with his lefte foote and put you in great danger, bringing your wea­pon into his owne power. Therefore when you wyll giue this thrust either in the bellye or face, passe wyth your right foot towardes the right side of your enemy, so that your right foote bee somewhat on the out-side of your enemies right foote, and so being in right mea­sure, you may giue him the said thrust either in the bel­lie or in the face with great celeritie and aptnesse, recoi­ling somewhat with your left foot, accompanied wyth the right: and if your enemie enter with his left foote, you shall speedily turne your bodie on your lefte side, whereby, the more secretly your enemie commeth vp­pon you, and the more forcibly hee entereth, the more hurt shall he doo himselfe, and the more easily shal you be able to master him, and become Lorde of his owne weapon.

Besides, if you place your right foot a little towards your enemies right foot, you may make a thrust toward his right side, but in thrusting, see you bring your right foote towardes your enemies left side: if you see that hee goeth about to enter with his left legge, turne your bodie well on your right side, for then if hee enter with his left legge, the point of his Rapier will go by the out side of your bodie, and you may giue him a riuersa vp­pon his legge with your Rapier, and stabbe him with your dagger in the bodie. All which you must do with great celeritie and quicknesse, turning your bodie with great nimblenesse on your left side, and recoiling som­what with your left foote, being accompanied with the right, and so you shal deliuer your selfe and your rapier [Page]withall out of the power of your enemie, but if you bee not passing readie with your foot, and in turning your bodie wel and fitly on your right side, your enemie en­tering maye thrust you in the bellie with his Rapier, and giue you a stabbe with his Dagger besides. There­fore I aduertise you to exercise your selfe continual­ly, that occasion beeing offered you to fight, you maie perfourme the same with much readinesse, and with­out daunger, otherwise, if you onely faile in one and e­uen the least point, you endanger your life. For it is not maine force that doth the deede, but readinesse, dexte­ritie, and vse of knowledge and arte. You must there­fore labour and take paines, which beeing ioyned to the greate desire and loue you beare to this arte, will bring you to the perfection therof. Insomuch that you shall bee able to turne and winde your bodie which waye you will, and therewithall know how and which waie you ought to turne it.

Againe to the purpose: If your enemie make to­wardes your right side, and offer a thrust, happilie pres­sing too much forward, you shall immediatlie turne your bodie on the left side, so that the point of his Ra­pier passing beside your bodie, you maye giue him a stoccata: or you may plaie with your bodie, and beate his Rapier pointe outward from your right side wyth your Dagger, and giue him a punta riuersa ouer his Rapier in the belly or face. Or also while hee thrusteth, you may beate it by with your Dagger, and carrying your right foote towarde his right side, giue him the same thrust. Or againe, whilest hee doeth thrust, you maye stande firmelie, turning your bodie a little vpon your lefte side, and strike by his Rapier pointe with [Page]your Dagger, and therewithall giue him a riuersa vpon the legge. And if hee bee skilfull in managing his weapon, take heede in anie case that you let him not get within you, or winne grounde of you, but seeke still to growe vppon him with your foote, that is, that your right foote bee without side of his right foote, and when hee giues the foresaide thrust, take heed you strike neither with your Rapier nor Dagger, if you meane to enter vpon him with a passata, because hee hauing once gained of you both opportunitie of time and measure of grounde, you endaunger your selfe verie much: but you shall onelye turne your Rapier hande inwarde, passing speedelie with your lefte foot to his right foote, placing the middest of your right foote iust at the heele of your lefte foote, holding your bodie on the left side.

As for your Dagger, that must bee helde vp with the pointe alofte, to the ende that it maie bee master of his Rapier: and so shall hurte him either vnder or aboue his Dagger. But you must beware and take greate heede, not to passe directlie right vppon him, when you make your passata with your lefte foote to­warde his right foote, for if that he bee anie thing skil­full, hee maie giue you a stoccata or imbroccata. Wherfore whē you make towards him, see you throw your selfe wholie on the lefte side, accompanying your left foot with your right, in the manner aforesaid.

Furthermore, if your perceiue your enemies Ra­pier pointe to bee borne towardes your right side, hauing gotten vppon him with your right foote, passe with your lefte foote verie speedilie and quicklie to his right foote, and carrying your Dagger, as [Page]in the manner aforesaid, and giue him an imbroccata vpon his Rapier. But if you finde his Rapier point born vpon your bodie, you shall turne your bodie on your lefte side, and with great celeritie drawe your point vn­der his Rapier, that the point thereof be vpon his bellie, and your left foote by the right, your dagger being rea­die with the point vpward, to command his rapier, rest­ing your bodie on your right side.

Furthermore, if you perceiue his Rapier to be long, and the point thereof borne somewhat high, you shall neuerthelesse answere him in this ward: now not hold­ing your Rapier hand on the inside of your knee, but carrying your dagger straight out, and winding your bodie on your lefte side, you shall make semblaunce to beate by his weapon with your dagger, and with great quicknesse you shall draw the point of your dagger vn­der his Rapier, readily turning your bodie vppon your right side, and carrying your right foote together with your left somewhat towards his lefte side, &c. But be­ware how you vse this passata, vnlesse you bee well pra­ctised in it, and see you holde stiffe your dagger hande, for if you suffer your hand to swarue anie thing down­ward, your enemie maie giue you an imbroccata in the face.

Moreouer, in your passata lift not your dagger too high, because (if he bee skilfull with whome you fight) whilest you lifte vp your dagger, or holde your Rapier and Dagger too open, and not inough closed, hee maie retire a little, and so giue you a stoccata or imbroccata, insomuch that you must haue an especiall care of all, or or else you, cannot auoide daunger of death. Againe, when you make this passata, see that you remaine not [Page]with your lefte foote, he cause he may giue you a man­dritta vppon the legge, or else a stoccata in the bellie. Also in the same passata, see that your bodie rest not wholie vppon your lefte side, because that so dooing, you shall your selfe beare your enemies Rapier pointe vpon your face.

Besides this, when you lie in this warde, and make vppon your enemie towardes his right side, if you per­ceiue that hee holde his Rapier hande somewhat high and farre off from his bodie, followe you well in this warde, and getting sufficient grounde of him, you maie giue him a stoccata in the bellie: and in giuing it, see that the pointe of your Rapier enter vnder the mid­dest of his, being your selfe readie to winde awaie with your bodie.

Furthermore, in charging him, if you finde that his pointe bee carried to the ground-ward, turne steadfast­ly vppon your lefte side, and holde your dagger out in length towards his right side: and if you can beate the middest of his Rapier with your Dagger, at the same instant giue him a stoccata. You maie also in the same warde make a passata with your lefte foote. But if per­happes your enemie when you lie in this warde, should make semblaunce to thrust you, not meaning so to do, but onelie for vauntage, so you bee in equall mea­sure, answere him, and loose not that time: but if you be not in equall reach, thrust not earnestly, nor make a passata vppon him, for so you shoulde endaunger your lyfe: but in aunswering him make but a short thrust at him, to the ende that if your enemie or aduersarie afterwarde make a true thrust, or else come forwarde [Page]with his lefte foote, to make a passata vppon you, you maie sodainly turne your bodie on your lefte side, and place your Dagger-hand right with your right knee. And so you maie giue him a stoccata in the b [...]llie, or else a riuersa vpon the legge, and become maister of his weapon: and by howe much the more strongly hee thrusteth, and the more furiouslie hee entereth with the passata, by so much the more easilie may you hurt him: but haue a great and speciall regarde to doo it with much nimblenesse and dexteritie both of bodie and hand.

Furthermore, if you finde his Rapier long, in char­ging him you maie strike the middle of his Rapier with yours, and sodainely giue him the punta riuersa: but it must be done with great quicknesse of the hand, beeing readie with your right foote to steppe towardes your enemies right side, or else to recoile somewhat with your bodie backwardes as swiftly as you canne: for else if your enemie at that instant shoulde enter with a passata something fiercelye, your lyfe were in greate hazarde, and especiallye if you shoulde make your thrust straight, carrying your foote right towards his, as manie doo: but if you steppe with your right foote aside, you maie verie easilye auoide the daun­ger.

Againe, if you finde his Rapier point out at length, you maie strike his Rapier with yours, and giue him a greate mandritta or riuersa at the head, but with greate swiftenesse of hand and bodie. Also lying in the same warde towardes the right side of your enemie, you [Page]may giue a false stoccata at his bellie, and if your ene­mie doo happe to strike it backe with his Rapier, you shall sodainely put the pointe of your Rapier ouer his, and giue him a stoccata or punta riuersa vpon his face, or his bellie, if hee shoulde too much hang downe his hand, at which time you must beare your right foote a­side towardes his right side. You maie also offer a false thrust at his face, and if hee go about to strike it by with his Rapier, you maie put your pointe vnder his Rapier, and carrying your right foote side-waie, giue him a stoccata in the bellie: or in both these false thrusts, when he beateth them by with his rapier, you may with much sodainnesse make a passata with your lefte foote, and your Dagger commaunding his Ra­pier, you maie giue him a punta, either dritta, or ri­uersa.

Moreouer, if your enemie finding you with your Rapier point borne out in length, should strike by your rapier with his, in the verie instant that he striketh, you maie passe with your right foote towards his right side, and with great quicknes putting your Rapier ouer his, giue him a punta riuersa in the face, and if hee bee not verie skilfull at his weapon, you may sodainly make a passata vpon him, and this maie happen vnto you verie often: but you ought to bee well exercised in these pointes, which may make you verie nimble and quicke with your foot, body, and hand, least for want of know­ledge and practise in this facultie, you fal not into some inconuenience and dishonour, for in the verie least point consisteth life and death.

Therefore neglect not these thinges, but rather take pains and trauaile in the knowledge of them, honoring and esteeming them both excellent and profitable: neither haue I entered into this charge, to discourse and explaine these pointes for their sakes that hate valour and knowledge, for vnto such doo I not directe my speech, but vnto those that loue, regarde, and honour vertue: who beeing worthie of this knowledge, may alwaies commaund my seruice.

But to returne to our purpose: if your enemie find you in this sayde warde, holding your bodie towardes your lefte side, and towardes his right side, and giue you a mandritta at the head, you shall speedilye and with greate agility turne your bodie on your right side, and receiuing his mandritta vppon your Dagger, re­tourne him a stoccata either in the bellie or in the face. Likewise, if hee giue you an imbroccata ouer the Dagger, you shall (turning your bodie vppon your right side) aunswere him with a stoccata. But if hee when you lie in this warde, giue you a riuersa at the heade, you may immediatlye make a passata with the lefte foote, and so presentlye requite him with a stoc­cata.

If you thinke it not conuenient, and therefore will not passe with your lefte foote at the same instaunce that hee giueth the riuersa, you shall turne your bodie on your lefte side, and so haue your choice eyther to giue him a stoccata in the bellie, or a ri­uersa at the legges: and if you bee thoroughly exer­cised and practised in charging, you maye giue him a dritta or a riuersa at his legges, being the first to strike.

Many things more may you doe in this warde, ac­cording as your enemie fighteth: and you maye vse this warde after many manners, so you be throughlye acquainted with it, and haue by continuall prac­tise brought your foote, hand and bodie to it. But this shall suffise vntill ano­ther daye.

THE THYRDE DAYES Discourse, of Rapier and Dagger.

[figure]
Luke.

I Know not certainly, whether it hath been my earnest desire to encounter you, that raisde me earlier this morning than my accustomed houre, or to be asser­tained of some doubtfull questions, which yester-night were proposed by some gentlemen and my selfe, in dis­course [Page]of armes: for they helde, that although a man learne perfectly the dritta, riuersa, the stoccata, the im­broccata, the punta riuersa, with eche seuerall motion of the body, yet when they hap to come to single fight, where the triall of true valour must ende the quarrell, they vtterly forget all their former practises. Therefore would I request of you, (if you so please) to know your opinion, whether in single fight a man can forget his vsuall wardes, or vse them then with as much dexteri­tie and courage as he accustomed in play.

V.

It is very likely, that many are of this opinion, for there are fewe or none that in cause of quarrell when they come as we tearme it to buckling, but suffer them­selues to be ouercome with fury, and so neuer remēber their arte: such effect choller worketh. And it may be some being timerous and full of pusillanimity, (which is euer father to feare) are so scarred out of their wits, that they seeme men amazed and voide of sence. Or some may be taken in the humor of drinke, or with di­uers other occasions, that may enfeeble their vnder­standing. And by these reasons well may they forget in fight, what they learned in play: but in them in whome no such effectes are predominant, neither are assailed with such accidentes, they behaue themselues discreetely, and are not distempered with any such per­turbations: and besides this, I haue seen many that be­ing fearfull by nature, through dayly practise haue be­come couragious, and alwaies so continued. Neither is it possible, but in practise he should obtaine courage and encrease his valour more then before.

L.

But to what end doe you teach such skill, if it be scarse secure, and hard to performe.

V.
[Page]

To this I answere, that this vertue or art of armes is proper and behouefull to euerye one for their liues, because that no man on earth, but hath had or hath in presence some difference or contention with some of his companions, which most commonly is decided by fight. To them that are of an hautie courage, this skill addeth aduantage: to them whose nature is fearful, the vse of weapons extenuateth a great parte of feare: and these, both the one and other, ought as much as in them lyeth, to auoide all cauilling, and such disordered speeches as procure contention: but especiallye, let such men take heede, to whome nature hath not giuen a valorous spirite: as for others, whose courage is hot, it importes them very much, to haue great skill in their weapon, for being ouer-mastered with heate and cou­rage of their harts, if in managing their armes they wāt a skilfull dexteritie, they soone spoyle themselues: for through wante of knowledge, they come to be ouer­throwne, where rather it behoueth them with aduise­ment and discretion, not onely to spy their own faults, and soone to amend them, but also thorough his ene­mies ouer-sights, to take his owne aduantage.

L.

True it is I confesse what you haue saide, for sure, who so wanteth courage, must of necessitie forget his cunning. But tell of curtesie, were it that a man were to combate, and through breuitie of time it were not pos­sible to be perfect in the depth of this knowledge, what order would you take, to instruct him that he might be safe and dangerles.

V.

I wil tell you, I would acquaint him with one on­ly warde, which amongst all other is the best for fight, to him who will vnderstand it: of which I meane now [Page]to entreate, to the end I may enstruct you in it, that be­ing throughly practised in that onely warde, you maye combate securely. Therefore to make my scholler per­fect in that manner of lying, I would place him with his lefte foote and dagger before, extending his bodye far, and I also would lye so, then would I haue him tra­uerse towards my left side, and I circularly would passe with my right foote, thrusting a stoccata either at his face or brest.

L.

And what shall the scholler doe then to defend himselfe, and offend you?

V.

Whilste I thrust my stoccata at him, and that I passe about towards his lefte side, in that moment that I parte from him and thrust, hee shall likewise in that counter-time passe circularly towards my left side, and then shall thrust a stoccata at my brest or face, winding his body vpon his left side.

L.

And how will you saue your selfe?

V.

In that instant, wherein both my selfe and he doe passe thrusting at me in that counter-time, if I be not very prompt, with the motion of my bodie, hee maye easilie strike me in the brest or face: therefore whilest that I thrust at him and he at me, I will break it with my Dagger from my lefte side, turning the pointe either high or lowe, according as hee thrustes, and I would helpe my selfe with drawing my body backwards, and in that time I would carry my right foote towards his lefte, and then would I thrust an imbroccata aboue his Dagger.

L.

And what can he doe?

V.

Hee shall doe the like, guiding his right foote to­ward [Page]my lefte, and shall breake my imbroccata out­warde from his lefte side, and thrust an imbroccata at mee aboue my Dagger: and I wil retire aside, as I haue tolde you in the former wardes, and make at him with a dritta, or riuersa, or an imbroccata with the dritta, as in the others.

L.

I am of this minde, that whosoeuer would per­forme this warde, had neede to be perfectlie instructed and throughly exercised, and that he be of good know­ledge: for certainly this I thinke, it is an excellent ward for him that knowes to doe it well, but very dangerous for a raw scholler or imperfect. And if you would ma­mifest some lying to counter-check this warde we haue spoken of, I should thinke my selfe highlye beholding for such a fauour.

V.

Obserue this firste, if you were in fight, to vse this warde, and that your enemie in like forte should garde him selfe with the same lying: marke this cheefely and first how hee beares his weapons and his bodie, high or lowe, and how hee holdes his Rapier and Dagger, and according to his lying, assaulte and offer to him. Therfore in the encounter that you shall make, charge him towardes his lefte side, keeping your selfe safe­lye in your warde, and haue this regarde, to keepe your poynte within his. And if hee lye high with his bodye and Dagger, keepe your poynte vnder his Dagger hande, and thrust your stoccata at his breste: but if you see him lye with his Dagger lowe, thrust an imbroccata at his belly with great celeritye, or at his face, auoiding with your right foote circularlye to­wardes his lefte, turning quickly your body vpon your [Page]lefte side, in manner of an halfe wheele: but it behoues you to be verye readye, otherwise, in staying in your passage, if hee auoyde in that counter-time, hee maye put you in danger of life: the like is, if you passe di­rectlye, you are both of you in danger of death: or if you should passe directlye, and hee keepe him selfe in safe warde, or that he auoide in compasse, he may well saue him selfe and endanger you. Therefore finding your enemie in this warde, euer obserue to carrie your selfe in compasse.

Moreouer, if you assaile your enemie with this warde, and hee lye with his right foote formost, if hee holde his Rapier far from him, you may directlye take his pointe, keeping your dagger long out, and your bo­die lowe: and if he thrust either aboue or belowe, keep your Dagger ready to break his thrust, and offer home to him vpon the lefte foote, or passe towards him with your right foote, as you shall finde best. And in your caricado see if you can commaund his swoorde with your Dagger; either from your lefte or right side, and then thrust your stocceta or punta riuersa. If you see him lye displaied, followe him, bearing your Dagger within his sword, and you maie well thrust your stoc­cata either at his face or brest: or else make a passata re­solutelie, wheeling halfe about, keeping your selfe pre­sentlie in a good warde, vpon your right foote.

Moreouer, in this warde you maye easilie giue him a mandritta or riuersa vpon his legge, or you maie vse a caricado vpon his right side, keeping your warde, and carrying well your bodye, that the halfe of your right foote garde your lefte heele, and guiding [Page]your body directly vpon your left side, make forwarde directly vpon his right foot, thereby to commaund his swoorde, and then may you strike him vpon the lefte foote. Againe, if you see hee keepes his Dagger pointe vpon you, thrust a stoccata at his face: if you finde him not well commanding his point, charge him vpon his right side, bearing the dagger long, and break his thrust outwards, offring your stoccata at his face or brest. Like­wise, if you see he commaund not his point, and being aduantaged vpon his right side, you maye with great readines put your pointe vnder his swoord, lifting your swoord hand and your dagger, when in the mean time you may giue him a stoccata or imbroccata, and be ma­ster of his swoorde with yours and your Dagger. And in charging him vpon his right side, you may giue him a riuersa vpon his legge.

Againe, if hee offer a mandritta at your head, in the lifting of his hand aduance your selfe with your right foote, and receiue it vpon your Dagger, giuing him a stoccata at his brest or face: so if hee thrust a riuersa at your head, you shal lift vp the point of your Dagger, & receiue it on your dagger & sworde, & in the same time thrust an imbroccata at his belly, or else taking the riuer­sa vpon your Dagger, you shall giue him another vpon the legges, or a stoccata in the belly. Likewise, if your enemie shall giue you a mandritta vpon the legge, you shall nimbly passe circularly with your right foote to­wards his lefte side, for so hee cannot offend you, and you may hit him either in the belly or face.

Moreouer, if your enemie thrust an imbroccata a­boue your Dagger, you must readilye passe with your [Page]right foote before he retire with his point, and you may well hit him in the face, breast, or legges. Again, if when you charge him towardes his right side, you see his point be farre out and somewhat hight, keepe your bo­die vppon your lefte side, and lie lowe couered in your ward, bearing your dagger at the length of your arme, keeping good measure: and in your cariage, make shew to put by his Rapier with your dagger, and so dainly fal your point vnder his sword, trauersing with your right foot round, turning your bodie vppon your right side, & so thrust your stoccata at his face or breast. And if he hold his point high, you may charge him directly with his point, for if hee thrust either aboue or below, in the time of his thrust aduaunce your left foote, extending your dagger, and by that aduancing hee shall loose his point, and you maie hit him with a dritta or riuersa at your pleasure. And if he thrust at you, and you passe a­bout with your right foote, then you maie likewise hit him.

L.

Truly you haue giuen mee to vnderstand excel­lently of this ward: but let me intreate you to teach me how I maie defende my selfe if one assaile mee in that ward, and how I may best offend my enemie, keeping my right foot formost.

V.

I haue tolde you many things concerning this ward, if you know how to doo them and practise them. Besides, there bee diuerse other thinges which I cannot shew you with speaking: but for this time it will bee sufficient if you can perform what I haue declared. And I will tell you: if you lie with your right foote formost, and he keepe his left foote forwarde, according as you marke his lying, so do, charging him either on the lefte [Page]or right side. And although you hit him not, and that he passe vpon his right foote, doe you but change your bo­die to your left side, lifting vp the point of your poni­ard, firming your hand on your right knee, so shall you he master of his sword, and maie easily strike him, and the more fierce he is, the more shall you commaund his weapon and endanger him: neither can hee strike you either within or without your dagger, or on the legges. And if you see he keepes his dagger winding towardes his right side, thrust a riuersa at his face, so that your point may enter in the midst of his dagger, and so dain­ly recoile, and if he likewise parte, turne your bodie, as I haue tolde you, vpon your left side, and as you see him lie, so guarde your selfe, bearing your bodie on which side you thinke best.

And surely beleeue mee, the first warde I taught you of Rapier and dagge, is absolutely the best both a­gainst this and anie other kinde of lyings. Therefore I woulde wish you to learne it perfectly, and exercise it thoroughly, that if occasion happen, you may be both skilfull and well practised. But take heede of one fault, which many incurre, who if in plaie they receiue one or two stoccataes, they inforce themselues to giue one to be reuenged. But this is neither fit for a scholler, nor or­derlie, since in plaie we shuld behaue our selues friend­lie, both to learn and passe the time, and also to exercise our selues in stirring our bodies, and vse this arte for the right effect. Wherein wee ought especiallie to auoide choler and anger. For where occasion happens to fight, in deede, rapiers are not as foiles, which cannot doo much hurt, but a small pricke of a Rapiers pointe maie either kill, or at the least maime. So that in anie wise a­uoide [Page]so daungerous an ouersight. And if you happe to wound your enemie, though verie smallie, yet by the sight of his blade, hee heeing kindled with furie, shall both enfeeble his strength, and fall from his right bias. Therefore I wish you take good heede, and if you see your selfe apte to incline to such a faulte, amende it, and learne perfectlie to defende your selfe well, to the end that if perhappes you cannot hurt your enemie, ei­ther for that he surpasseth in skil, or you want strength, yet you maie auoide danger of beeing hurt your selfe, which will bee both honorable and profitable to you, considering that euen the verie first thrust is sufficient to ende the whole controuersie. Therefore bee heed­full and wise, and remember I haue tolde you soundly for your owne safetie.

L.

I assure you I will followe your aduise, which I see grounded on such reason, as euerie wise and reaso­nable man ought to followe it, estraunging himselfe from all furious fellowes, who thinke to purchase ho­nour by running headlong on their death. Therefore will I sequester my selfe from their acquaintance. But I praie you prosecute and go forward with the rest of this ward.

V.

Sithence I see you conceiue such pleasure in it, I will proceede on and goe forward a little farther. Manie there bee which exercise this warde vppon theyr lefte foote, but therein they differ. Therefore it importes to bee well instructed in the diuersitie: for if your enemie lie in that warde, and you vppon your right foote, and hee beare himselfe and his Dagger highe, charge him towardes his lefte side, and in the approche, see you parte with greate readynesse [Page]with your right foote towards his left, and speedilie thrust you a stocata in his belly, & in the thrusting, look you enter vnder his arme or hande, turning your bodie on the right side, and the back side of your sword and toward your left. If he hold his dagger low, charge him towards his left side with your right foote side-waies, and thrust either a stoccata or imbroccata, as you shall thinke best, aboue his dagger, and for your owne safe­gard, turne your bodie vpon the right side. And if you see him lie displaide, carrie your bodie on your right side, and trauerse to his lefte, and then thrust your stoc­cata betweene his sword and dagger.

Moreouer, you maye thruste your stoccata ei­ther at his face or breast, but doo it with greate promptnesse, and in the same time recoile with your left foot drawing after your right, and be quicke in the retire to recouer your rapier, that if your enemie make forward, you may be readie againe to thrust: therefore be quicke and vigilant, otherwise if in your thrusting you be not readie, in that selfe same time your enemie maie well hit you: but retiring with your feete, and e­scaping with your bodie, you shall shunne all daunger. Againe, if you finde his rapier point high, charge him lowe vpon the left foot, and directlie with your dagger at his Rapiers point, bearing your Dagger as I haue taught you: so you maie thrust either at his face or brest without retiring, but being sure to lie wel in your ward, for in the time whilest you retire or withdraw your feet, you shall be in danger, but keeping that ward sure, you are without perill, for whether hee thrust aboue or be­lowe, you beeing in that ward are safe, and more ready to winde your pointe aboue or belowe his dagger, or [Page]you maie giue him a mandritta on the legs: neither can he hurt you in his circular or turning, if he should so re­coile. Againe, if you see him lie vpright, lie you so like­wise, but euer keepe your Dagger readie, and you maie feigne a stoccata at his face, and whilest he goeth about to breake it, winde your pointe quicklie vnder his dag­ger, and wheele with your bodie halfe compasse, auoi­ding with your right foote side-waies, as I haue tolde you. And if hee charge you lowe and lie open, com­ming directlie on your pointe, giue backe your bodie a little, and thrust a riuersa or a stoccata like an imbrocca­ta, and readilie remoue with your right foot backward: or if hee lie as manie doe, with his sword vpon his dag­ger crosse-wise, you may redilie thrust him in the face, and retire backeward towards his lefte side. Againe, in that maner of lying, you maie charge him towardes his right side, and thrust a stoccata at his face, betweene his Rapier and Dagger, euer remembring that your sword passe by the middest of his Dagger, and giue him a ri­uersa in recoiling backward towards his right side. And if you fortune not to hitte him, and that he passe vpon his right foote, doe you but change your bodie to the lefte side, lifting vp your poniard, and holding your hand firmelie on your right knee, so shal you be master of his swoorde, and maie easilie hit him: and the more fierce he is, the more you shall commaund his weapon, and mangle him, neither can he strike you, either with­in or without your Dagger, or with a dritta or riuersa vpon the legges. Againe, if you see him holde his dag­ger with the point turning to his lefte side, thrust at his face a riuersa, guiding your pointe to enter in the mid­dest of his dagger, and soddenlie recoile: and if he like­wise [Page]parte, doe as I haue alreadie tolde you, winding your bodie well vpon your lefte side: if you finde him lying open, vse your caricado toward his right side, and lye lowe in your warde, carrying your bodie on your lefte side, bearing your Dagger out at length, as I haue taught you in the first warde: but let your hand beeing directly with your knee, turne with your bodie, and in this manner you maie offer a thrust: and if hee thrust first, beare your dagger readie to defend your selfe, and your rapier to offend him. But in this be very heedful, as I haue often tolde you, neither eleuate nor abase your dagger hand, nor beare him ouer the one side or the other, for if your enemy haue good skill in his wea­pon, and withall a readie hand he may easilie beare his pointe compasse and hurt you: or many times feigne a thrust to deceiue you. Therefore be alwaies aduised to keepe your hand firme, not abasing or lifting vp your pointe, or turning your wrist on the one side or other: and if he thrust at you, you maie well readilie both de­fend your selfe, and offend him.

Moreouer, if he abase his point, lie in your lefte foot warde, and vse your caricado vpon his right side, and if hee thrust either an imbrocca aboue your Dagger, or a mandritta at your head, remouing his right foot, turne readilie your bodie on your right side, lifting vp your Dagger, and turning your wriste. Againe, is you finde his pointe farre out, charge him in your left foot warde towards his right side, and charge him with your Dag­ger close to his sworde, and letting fall your pointe vn­der his, you maie easilie thrust a stoccata or imbrocca­ta, but euer keepe firme your Dagger hand, and lift not vp your bodie, and in breaking his thrust toward his [Page]left side, you maie giue him a riuersa either in the brest or on the legs. Besides this, many more practises there be, which with good exercise of body, and readines of hand, might easilie be effected. But because it groweth somewhat late, and our discourse hath lasted so long, I will take my leaue of you, retiring my selfe to dispatch some busines before my going home.

L.

I am infinitely beholding vnto you for these good instructions, and to morrow I wil meete you, to vnder­stand somewhat more, for my farther skil, and auoiding of idlenes.

V.

God be your guide, and to morrow I will expecte you.

THE FOVRTH DAYES Discourse, of single Rapier.
Entreating how a lefte handed man, shall plaie with one that is right handed.

Luke.

AFfter your depar­ture yesterdaie in the after-noone, I was in an hono­rable place, wher vpon occasion of some ielousie of loue of certaine gentlewomē two gentlemen of the companie fell at words, and from words to deeds, but they were not suffered at that time to proceede to any further action, neuertheles they gaue their faithes the next morning to trie it with their weapons. and so accordinglie they met, and brauely perfourmed their combate: in the execution whereof I tooke great plea­sure to be a beholder, not that I had anie delight to see them kill one another, but for another cause, (and that was) to see by experience the truth of that which I haue heard manie affirme: and seeing there is so good an opportunity offered, I wil entreat you, hauing trou­bled [Page]you in a greater matter, that you will assoyle me certaine doubtes, which I shall demaund of you, and make me rightly vnderstand them, whereby I shall re­maine greatly bound vnto you.

V.

I praie you tell me, what were these gentlemen which fought, and whether anie of them be hurt: after, be bolde to declare to me your doubtes, and I will not faile to resolue you the best I can.

L.

Sir, I doubt not of your curtesie, which I haue found you alwaies willing to shewe to euerie man, but cheefely to your freends: but to tell you the truth, I haue forgot the gentlemens names, but this I can well saie, that in the handling of their weapons they beha­ued themselues very manfullie, neither of them recei­uing any wound, for they were both very quicke with the rapier to offend, and with their daggers to defend: but the greatest reason that led me to be present there, was to see how well they managed their weapons, one of them being right handed, and the other left handed: because I know many of opinion, that the left handed haue great aduantage of the right, yet I see both doe their vttermost this morning, without any hurt of ei­ther partie, and in beholding both the one and the o­ther diligently, I could not discerne anie iot of aduan­tage betweene them: therefore you shall doe me great fauour, if you discourse vnto me, whether the left hand can haue any aduantage of the right, or the right of the lefte: withall instructing me, both how to defende my selfe from such a one, and how to offend him.

V.

Of this question, I haue heard many times much reasoning, and many there are indeede which so think, but beleeue me, the left hand hath no aduantage of the [Page]right hand, nor the right, of the lefte no otherwise than you your selfe finde your owne aduantage.

L.

Tell me therfore, if you would teach a left hand, how would you begin?

V.

I would teach him first with the single rapier, ma­king him to stand with his left foote forwardes, and that his heele should be right against the middle part of his right foote, & I would put my selfe with my right foot forward, as I told you before concerning the single ra­pier, & I would that the scholler should hold his sword our at length, that the point thereof bee directlie at my face, and that he holde his swoord-hand, as it were in a line, from his bodie, & outwards of my sword towards my right side, passing withal with his left foot towards my left side, putting his rapier vnder mine, and to giue me an imbroccata in the belly, by turning the knuckle of his hand downwards towards his left side.

V.

It seemeth that you doo all contrarie to the right hand, because in teaching the right hand, hee vseth the stoccata, but the left hand, you make him to begin with the imbroccata. But what will you doo to defend your selfe in the meane time?

V.

I will auoide somewhat with my body, and with my hand beate downe his imbroccata without my left side, and carrying my right foot after my left foot, giue him a riuersa at the head.

L.

What shal the scholler doo in his defence, both to hurt you and saue himselfe?

V.

He shal doo quite contrarie vnto him that is right handed, because the right hand, when I offer him a ri­uersa at the head, passeth with the left foote, and giueth me the imbroccata vnder my rapier: but the left hande, [Page]whilest I go backe with my right foot, and that I lift my rapier to giue him the riuersa, he swiftly passeth with his right foot before his left, and giueth me a stoccata, lift­ing his hand from behinde: & so in the passataes which he shall make, standing with his left foote forward, and passing with his right foot to strike his enemie, whereas the right hand passeth with his left foot when he giueth a stoccata to his enemie, the left hand cleane contrarie, in passing giues the imbroccata to his enemie: & wher­as the right hand shal giue the imbroccata, the left hand quite contrarie shall giue the stoccata, and that which I saie, is for the left handes instruction against the right, But nowe I will speake no further of this warde, for so much as no other thing foloweth but that which I haue tolde you alreadie concerning the first warde of the single rapier, and I will declare vnto you the warde of the rapier and dagger, both to instruct the lefte handed how to deale against the right hand, and how the right hand ought to behaue himselfe against the lefte hande, which shall be our next discourse. And for this time I praie you pardon me, hauing occasion to go a little way hence, to take vp a matter betweene two of my friends, vpon certaine differences happened betweene them, & by and by we will meet againe. Farewell.

The lefte handes Warde at Rapier and Dagger.

L.

Seeing you haue alreadie declared howe a lefte hande is to bee taught at single Rapier, I praie you al­so tell mee, how you woulde likewise instruct him at Rapier and Dagger, and afterwardes the defence a­gainst him.

V.
[Page]

If I should make a good lefte handed scholler, I would place him with his lefte foote forward, and his lefte heele against the middle of his right foote, ma­king him to holde his Rapier shorte, and his Dagger out long.

L.

In what warde would you put your selfe?

V.

I would put my selfe in the firste warde of Rapier and Dagger, carrying my bodie in good ward towards my left side, and I would giue him a stoccata vnder his Rapier, bearing my right foote towards his lefte side, turning well my bodie circularlie vpon my right side, and he in the same time turning the point of his dagger downe, shall beate by my stoccata from his lefte side, and withall passing with his lefte foote towardes my lefte side, hee shall giue me an imbroccata vnder my Dagger: I in the meane while will auoide a little with my body, striking by his imbroccata from my left side, and carrying my right foote againe towardes his lefte side, I will giue him an imbroccata vnder the Rapier: then he shall turne his Dagger pointe vpwarde, and strike by my imbroccata from his lefte side, going with his lefte foote circularly towards my left side, and shall giue me a stoccata in the face ouer my Dagger, and I will beate by his stoccata outwards from my lefte side, going againe with my right foote circularlye towards his lefte side, and giue him another stoccata vnder the Dagger, and hee shall beate it by as before, going aside with his lefte foote towards my lefte side, and shall giue me an imbroccata vnder the Dagger, as before, and I auoiding a little with my bodie, will beate his imbroc­cata outwards on my right side, parting at the instant with my right foote, and carrying after my lefte: and [Page]giue him a riuersa at the head, and if I should not bowe backeward with my bodie when I did beate by his im­broccata towardes my right side, I my selfe should re­ceiue it in mine owne bellie, or the face: and whilest I goe with my right foote, and giue him a riuersa, he shal goe with his right foote where my right foote was, and giue me a stoccata in the bellie, whereas he shal receiue the riuersa vpon his Rapier and Dagger.

L.

These thinges would seeme very strange to such as vnderstand them not, because when you offer that riuersa to the right handed man, you teach him to passe with the lefte foote, and to giue you the imbroccata, contrarilie you in the same case make the lefte handed man, to passe with his right foote, giuing you the stoc­cata.

V.

Did I not tell you that the lefte hand had no ad­uantage of the right, nor the right of the lefte? onelye vse and knowledge giueth the better either to the right or the lefte: and oftentimes you shalbe occasioned to doe manye thinges, dealing with the left handed man, which you must do cleane contrary to that which you would doe, dealing with the right handed man: wher­fore seek to learne and to practise your selfe, that when occasion shall be offered, you maye knowe how to be­haue your selfe, and contemne the opinions of these Spaca montagne, which despise arte, because ignorance was euer the enemy of knowledge. Is it possible that he which neuer saw the warres, can be better knowledged then he which hath spent his life wholye therein, and borne honorable charges? can hee which neuer made shot in anie peece of artillerie or hargebuse, or bow, be more perfect, or at least know so muche as they which [Page]of long time haue made profession therof? so it is in the vse of weapons, and in euery other facultie: for exam­ple, take a Cannoneer which well vnderstandeth his arte, and he will charge his Peeces in such good sorte, that it shall be a hard matter, or almost impossible for them to break: afterward take one of these contemners of arte, who with their blinde iudgement presume to be able to doe all thinges, to such a one giue the hand­ling of a Peece of ordinance, and let him not want pou­der, shot, or any necessaries therto belonging, and let him charge according to his vaine knowledge, you shal see him presentlye breake all and kill himselfe. The like falleth out in the handling of armes, the ignorant will doe one thing for an other, which shall turne to his own confusion, for by the mouing of his bodie or foot onely out of time and order, he may easilie ouerthrow him selfe, and hasten his owne death.

L.

It hath been seene neuertheles, that many altoge­ther vnexperienced in the hargebuse, haue made as good shot as they which haue long practised the same.

V.

It is an olde saying, that one flower maketh not a spring, for although this vnskilful man haue made, or may make at any time some good shot, assure your selfe it is to be attributed to chaunce or fortune, or as it is said, to his good hap, and if he should bee demaunded at what thing hee made his leuell, if hee wil confesse a truth, hee will not denie, that his leuell was set at an other marke, and in truth it may not be otherwise: for triall wherof make him shoote again, and you shall see hauing no more knowledge then before, nor practising the said exercise, that scarse euer hee will make the like shot againe. But they which are wel instructed and ex­ercised [Page]therin, will seldome make one fault. In like sort in the vse of other weapons, one maye giue a cunning stroke, but it shal be by fortune, and no cunning: so that thinking to giue the like blowe againe, he will occasion his owne death, and that onely by not knowing what time to strike: after the same manner hee that will take vpon him to charge a Peece of artillerie, not knowing the charge thereof according to the waight of her bul­let, will soone breake all, and murder him selfe: but he which truely hath his arte, you shall see him with dex­teritie charge & discharge, without any encombrance, hauing his secrets readie to coole the Canon when she is ouerheated, and other artificiall feates which hee can make to serue his turne: so that it is no meruaile that he which is guided onely by presumption, and will thrust him selfe into matters which hee knoweth not, if hee o­uerthrowe him selfe and such as rely vpon him: and e­specially certaine harbrainde wits, who vse to despise e­uery thing, with whom I exhorte you to haue no dea­ling, seing they are men void of al reason, which ought to be the rule of mans life, and without which a man is no man, but the outward shape of a man onely.

L.

Truly I know you fay the truth, and of force the knowledge of al good sciences must come from God, which is of a diuine nature. But let this passe, I pray you resolue me in this: wherfore vse you not to strike at the poniard side, as wel as at the right side, and by what re­son strike you at the sworde side? tell me also which is the better side to strike, either the poniarde side or the sworde side, and which of them is more safe?

V.

When you goe to charge a lefte handed man in your warde, looke first in what ward he lyeth, and how hee holdeth his weapons, answering him in the same [Page]forme: and touching your demaund, to knowe wher­fore I strike not at the Dagger side, I wil tell you: when I finde him in this ward carrying his lefte foot formost, if I should make at his Dagger side and strike firste, I put my selfe in danger to hurt my self, because in thru­sting I runne vpon the pointe of my enemie: but ma­king at his lefte side, I am out of danger of his pointe, whereof making to his Dagger side I am in perill: for if you strike firste and the lefte handed man haue a good Dagger, and be quicke with his sworde, he will alwaies put you in hazard of an imbroccata: and in truth there are fewe lefte handes which vse stoccataes, but for the most parte imbroccataes. Now if he offer you the im­broccata first, being towards his dagger, and you being nimble with your bodie, whilest hee strikes at you, you shall a little bow aside with your body, and be at by the pointe outwards from your left side, and you may easi­lye giue him a stoccata or an imbroccata: but if you strike, first you endanger your self: and if you will strike the first, you shall go towards his left side, to be in more safetie, and offering your blowe, seeke to be without his pointe, striuing to fasten your stoccata at his face, and retire your lefte foot back with great swiftnes, your right foot accompanying your left: but finding him in his ward, to beare his swoorde out at length, if you be well aduised, you shall carrie your right foot after your left, and lye in the third ward I taught you concerning the left foot: and regarde wel whilest you are in warde vpon the right foot, and if you wil, out of the first ward of Rapier and dagger, enter into the third: be sure that you passe not forward with the left foot firste, for in so doing he might giue you a stoccata in the belly or face: [Page]therefore carie your right foot after your left, and in the said ward, charge him towards his left side, who lying with his left foot forward, as you do, if you charge him on the left side, vnles he be verie ready and perfect at his weapon, you shal haue great aduantage of him, & make your selfe master of his weapons, and greatly indanger his life. Neuerthelesse if he be skilful, and know how to plaie with his bodie, he maie auoide the foresayd dan­gers, and hazard your life, if you bee not the more skil­full, albeit you finde him, as l said before, lying with his left foot forward. Wherefore it is necessarie that you vnderstandand and practise well your selfe, seeing the least errour you maie make, may be your great hurt.

L.

But suppose that one be altogether ignorant, and haue not these turnings of his bodie in a readinesse, you tolde mee there was no difference betweene the right hand and the left hand, neither of them hauing aduan­tage of the other. And now you tell mee, that the right hand, in case he lie in the third ward, trauersing toward the left side of his enemy, hath great aduantage of a left hand. I praie you therefore shew mee if there be anie o­ther ward, wherein the lefte hande may so lie, that the right hand shall haue no aduantage vpon him.

V.

You know how I saide there was no aduauntage betweene them, besides that which vse and knowledge giueth to either partie, wherefore if the right hande change from the first warde into the third, to assault the left hand, then the lefte hand shall carrie his lefte foote after his right, so lying with the right foote fowarde in good ward, and the right hande lie in the third warde, with his lefte foot forward, and so shall neither the one or the other haue a iote of aduantage, except that which [Page]he can giue by true obseruation of time and measure, and his better knowledge: so that if the lefte hand be well instructed, finding his aduersarie with his right foote forward, and with his owne right foote forward chargd toward the right side in good warde, then shall he haue the aduantage upon the right handed, and be able to make him selfe maister of his, enemies armes. But if the right hand bee well knowledged and bee ac­quainted with the turnings and windings of the body, and be quick and readie with the rapier and dagger, he maie auoide these hazards, and endanger the left han­ded man. And this is one of the speciall points which either the one or the other can learne. This which I haue tolde you (especiallie if either of thē haue to deale with one that is ignorant) will giue him the aduantage against his aduersarie. Furthermore, if you shall lye in the first warde with your right foote formost, bearing your selfe somewhat towards the right side of your e­nemie, and hee offer a mandritta at your head, be you readie with your dagger bearing the pointe high, and turning your bodie vpon your left side, for so you shall giue him a stoccata, or imbroccata, or punta riuersa, in the belly or face, according as you shal finde your best aduantage, & your enemie most discouered: you may also standing stedfast in good warde, giue him a riuersa at the legges. But if you should offer to auoide it by turning of your bodie, and be not quick therein, your aduersarie might giue you a mandritta vpon the face or head: for there are many who in auoiding with their bodies, lose their daggers, arid put themselues in great danger: also the escape which you make with your bodie vpon the lefte side, is clean contrary to that which you vse against the right handed man, because [Page]that when the right handed maketh a mandritta at your head, you do not raise the point of your dagger much, and turne your bodie vpon your right side, but dealing with the left handed, you turne your bodie vpon your lefte side: also when he giueth you a riuersa, you shall turne your bodie vpon the right side. Moreouer, if you shall haue occasion to make a mezza incartata, you shal do it in a sorte clean contrarie to that which you make dealing with a right handed man, for you make your mezza incartata to the right handed man, giuing him a stoccata, but to the lefte handed by an imbroccata, playing well with your bodie: if you be well skilled in your weapon, exercising your selfe in the first, second, and third wards, you shall do many thinges more then I speake of. Likewise the left handed, if he practise well these foresaid wardes, shall be able to defend himselfe, and to deal against any other ward. And for this time I wil not discourse to you any farther, onely I aduise you to exercise your selfe in all these points I haue set down vnto you, because besides the knowledge, you shall make your practise absolute in such sorte, that when occasion shall serue to speake of such matters, you maie be able to giue a sufficient reason therof, & also defend your selfe against such as will offer you iniurie, for the worlde is nowe subiect to many wronges and insolen­cies. But you shal therby make your selfe most perfect, and know far more in this behalfe then I haue vttered vnto you, for it is not possible in this art to expresse all by words, which by your own experience and diuersi­tie of occurrences you shall finde. But for this time e­nough, let vs pray to God to defend vs frō all mishaps.

L.

Amen, saye I, thanking you hartilye for your curtesie and fauour shewed me in these matters, and I [Page]will not faile heereafter to visite you nowe and then, that our friendshippe maie dailie grow greater, offering at all times my small power to doo you seruice in ac­knowledgement of this your goodnes.

V.

And I also thanke you for your kindnesse and lo­uing offers. Adio.

L.

Adio.

The end of the first Booke.
OF HONOR AND HONORAB …

OF HONOR AND HONORABLE Quarrels.

The second Booke.

LONDON, Printed by IOHN WOLFE. 1594.

THE PREFACIE.

FOrasmuch as diuers and sun­drie persons haue heretofore treated of the matter of sin­gle combats (whereof I haue also framed this present discourse) and haue not only grounded their opinions vp­pon deep iudgment and exact considerati­tion of the subiect they were to handle, but also with all furniture of wit and wordes commended the same vnto the view of the world: J might iustly doubt (as being in­wardly guiltie of mine owne weaknes and insufficiencie) to go forward with the en­terprise J haue presently taken in hande. But for that my purpose heerein is ra­ther to discharge my duetie and zeale to the Nobilitie & Gentrie of England, and by publishing of this Treatise to yeelde a testimonie of my thankefull [Page]minde for their manifolde fauors, than by froth of speech to make my matter salea­ble, or to purchase either credit to my selfe or acceptance of the Reader: my hope is, that such persons to whose ranke it belon­geth to manage Armes, and to know the vse of their weapon, will no lesse fauorably conceiue of my indeuors, and with their curtesies supplie my defectes, then J haue bin redy by my painful & liberal diligence to deserue their likings, & do now present my labors in the most humble degree of re­uerence.

A DISCOVRSE OF SINGLE COM­BATS: WITH SOME NECES­sarie considerations of the causes for which they are vn­der-taken.

WHen I enter into due examination, of the first original ground and occa­sions of this kinde of encounter, and with-all consider the corruption of mans nature tho­rough whose am­bitious and inso­lent humors these violent trials haue beene often practised: I cannot but allowe of the iust complaints framed against man by Philosophers, and wise men of former times: as that beeing by his indu­strie and knowledgeable to search out and attaine vn­to the amplitude of the aire, the hidden secrets of the earth, and the reuolutions of the heauens: yet is so dis­guised and masked in the iudgement of him selfe, so [Page]retchles in his own affayres, as that he neuer effectual­ly considereth of his own proper nature and inclinati­on, much lesse endeuoureth to reforme, what by the eye of reason hee might finde controllable and blame­worthie in his disordered affections. For if as euerye man is by nature capable of reason and vnderstanding, so he would dispose and order the conueigh of his life, as he might be reported no euil speaker, no lyer, no de­ceiuer, no quarreller, no traitor to his freend, or iniu­rious to his neighbour: they which haue written of this subiect might well haue spared their labour, and this rigorous kinde of congresse had beene either not knowen at all, or much lesse practised then it is. But si­thence it is a thing common in experience, and vsually seene, that through want of gouernment in some per­sons (who giuing themselues to the ful current of their disposition, making their wil their God, and their hand their lawe) matters are carried in a contrarye course: it is necessarye that something be written of this action, euen as muche as shall bee consonant to reason and iudgemente, at least to limit and restraine the manner of proceeding in quarrels, if not vtterlye to remoue the occasion of so vnnecessarie strifes and fruitlesse contentions. Otherwise, in steede of order, we should followe confusion, and depriue both our owne actions and all thinges else of their due and iust endes.

The premises considered, it is no meruayle if di­uers persons giuing themselues wholye to the bent of their owne indiscretion and wante of iudgement, esteeme of thinges cleane contrarye to their nature and qualitye. For if a man frame himselfe to leade [Page]a ciuill and temperate course of life, some will saie hee is a foole: if hee be not quarrell-some, hee is a cowarde: if no gamester, hee is of base education: if no blasphemer, an hipocrite: if neither whore-mon­ger nor baude, hee is neither man nor courteous, but altogether ignorant of the rules of humanity and good fellowship. A lamentable state is that, where men are so misled by ignorance and selfe loue, as thus to ouer­smoothe and colour their vices and imperfections with the names of vertues, and to thinke any acti­on currant that is doone by them, and authorysed by their vnresistable swaye, and distempered ap­petites.

What is become of the gentilitie and inbredde courtesie of auncient noble Gentlemen? where is the magnanimitye of the honourable Knightes of fore-going times, whose vertues as they are recorded in histories wherin we read of them, so ought to haue beene lefte to their posteritye, that in them we might see the image (now forgotten) of auncient true Nobilitye? But since all thinges fall to decaye , it is no meruaile though vertue (I speake with all due reuetence and fauour) bee not found but in few: for surelye there be many in whome nothing remai­neth but the bare tytle of nobilitye, in that they be Gentlemen borne: who in their manners wholy de­generate from their auncestors, and make no account either of honour or dishonour, giuing themselues to such pleasures, as their vnbrideled appetite lea­deth them vnto. Neither can I ascribe any reason to this their slyding from vertue vnto vice, contrarie to the course taken by their honourable auncestours, [Page]but this, that whereas while their fathers liued, their bringing vp was committed to tutors of good govern­ment and discretion, their parentes beeing dead, they withdrawe themselues from their vertuous kinde of life, leauing and reiecting the sage counsailes of their instructors, and cleaning to their owne deuises. To whom, if they amend not and take a better course, will lighten shame and destruction.

Wherfore by way of aduise, I wish all men to auoid euill companie, which for the most part is the cause of great and infinite losse, as well of honor and life as of goods and possessions: and to followe vertue, bearing themselues with a sweet and curteous carriage towards euery man, by which course they shall gaine commen­dation and credite, and shall be esteemed of all men: and auoiding all such occasions of dislike as may be of­fered, obtaine a good and honorable reputation. Doth not God forbid a priuate man to kill his neighbour? as it is manifested in sacred scriptures against Caine, to whome God saide, that the bloud of Abel his brother cryed from the earth for vengeance against him, shew­ing therby that he abhorreth murder, and wil reuenge it in due time.

Moreouer, he created vs naked, without anie thing naturally giuen vs, wherwith to offend or hurt: wheras other creatures haue some of them hornes, others clawes, others strong and sharpe teeth, and others poy­son: And thus were we created of almightie God, to to the end we might liue in peace and brotherlye con­corde, as the sonnes of God, and not as the children of the Deuill, who are the inuentours that found out the vse of weapons, therewith to offend their neighbours, [Page]and to maintaine the authoritie of their father the De­uill: who was a murderer from the beginning, and ta­keth pleasure in the destruction of men, raising discen­tion between families, cities, prouinces, and kingdoms. Vpon which occasion, the necessary vse of armes hath gotten such credit in the worlde, as Kings and Princes haue nobilitated some with the name of Knights for their excellencie therein: which name is made noble, and that vpon great reason, for such men as haue pur­chased nobilitie, by conquering kingdomes for their Princes, more respecting their honour and countries good, then any other thing, and esteeming lesse of life then of death, in regarde of preseruing that honor vn­blotted, which belongeth to Knights, ought not in any wise to be destitute of high reward. In so much, that armes being doubled by so many valorous men, it were a great shame for one of noble of-spring, not to be able to speake of armes, and to discourse of the causes of Combats, not to know how to discerne the nature and qualitie of wordes and accidents which induce men to challenges, not to bee acquainted with the manner of sending cartels and challenges, and how fitlye to an­swere the same: and in a word, not to haue so much ex­perience in these affaires, as to accorde the parties chal­lenging and challenged, bringing them from their ho­stile threates, to louing embracementes: and of quarre­ling foes, to become louing freends, al causes of discon­content beeing taken away on either side. The igno­rance wherof, hath in these times bred great mischeefe, for many thinke that an iniurie being offred in deed or worde, the matter may not with their credits be taken vp before they haue fought, not regarding if they bee [Page]iniuried indeed, that they ought first to examine what hee is that hath doone it, and vpon what occasion hee might doe it: if in woorde, what qualitie the person is that spake iniuriously, and whether hee deserue an an­swer or no. For a man beeing carried away with chol­lor or wine, maye chaunce to vtter that, for which, (his fury being past) he will be willing to make any satisfac­tion: wherfore it were fondly done by him that would fight vpon euery worde. Neither can I be induced to thinke, that there is any iniury (which is not accompa­nied with villanie) for which with due: satisfaction, all cause of fighting may not be taken away. But if the in­iurie be such, that either murder be committed by tre­cherie, or rape, or such like villanies, then is it necessa­rye to proceede in revenging it, as in due place I will more largely declare.

In the meane time, I thinke it necessary to set foorth some considerations of circumstance belonging to this subiect of quarrels, not because I take vpon me to teach or correct any man, (for that belongeth not to me) but onlye by way of aduertisement, to warne gentlemen to auoide all dangerous occasions, growing for want of fore-sight.

And firste considering the little vnderstanding and small discretion of manye, with the dayly danger which such men runne into by indiscretion, it is fitte for a man to consider his owne estate, for if hee bee a Gentleman borne, hee ought euen for that respect with great regarde abstayne from any acte whatsoeuer, whereby his woorthye calling may be stayned, hee ought to embrace myldenes and curtesie, as one that hath a hart of fleshe, not of stone, more encly­ned [Page]to clemencye, then to crueltye: to the ende his conuersation bee acceptable, by reason of his sweete and louing behauiour, he must also be in minde mag­nanimous, not base or abiecte, as one ill borne, and worse brought vp: for so will hee easilye be discerned from that rascall sorte of lose minded companions, vn­furnished of all ornamentes beseeming a gentleman, whose repaire into companye is commonlye without vsing any curtesie or salutation, where hauing intruded themselues among honest gentlemen, if chaunce they are acquainted with any of them, without crauing leaue either of him or the reste of his companye, they take him by the sleeue, vrging him to goe with them, without any consideration of the person so taken, or of offence therby offered to the rest of the company, who in all likely-hoode might be offended with his vnadui­sed follie, in playing so vnmannerlye a parte: thinking themselues if not altogether wronged, yet at least dis­curteously dealt withall, in that their company should be so neglected & little set by: insomuch that through such ill demeanour, they often-times purchase vnto themselues muche iniurye. For it maye happen, that some fantasticall madde conceited fellowe, taking this kinde of discurtesie in euill parte, will fall a reasoning with him that offereth it, and so by multiplying of speeche, they may fall from words to blowes, whereby some or other may be spoyled vpon a matter not wor­thy the talking of: for all men bee not of one minde, and a mad brainde fellow may easilie light vpon ano­ther as fond or fondlier fantasticall then himself, wher­by both of them may fall into diuers vnlooked for in­conueniences and mischeefes on the sodaine.

Moreouer, at weddinges or great feastes, where is great resorte both of gentlemen and gentlewomen, it may happen that a company of gentlemen retyre aside from the rest of the companye, taking with them some gentlewoman or other to deceiue the time with talke, or discourse on some other pastime: where if some one of these mannerles gentlemen should chance to come and solicite the gentlewoman so retyred, to dance with him, without crauing either her good liking, or the gē ­tlemens with whom she was discoursing, or otherwise passing ouer the time: vndoubtedlye, if some of the gentlemen of the same company should happen to be mad conceited, hee might chaunce to be well beaten for his pleasure: whereof also further inconuenience might arise, and perchaunce the whole mariage might therby be disturbed, and quarrels might grow among the frends & kinsfolk of either party, wherupon much hurly-burly maye ensue: and experience teacheth vs, that diuers men of account haue loste their liues, vpon like disorders. Whereupon I conclude, that modestye and curtesie are most conuenient ornaments, as wher­by men shall auoide many dangers and quarrells.

There be also certaine vndiscreet men, whose grosse fault I cannot ouerslip without blaming: these men vse as they either stand or go in streets, so to stare and looke men passing by them in the face, as if they woulde for some reason marke them: which breedeth such an of­fence vnto some men so marked, that they cannot take it in good part, and therefore it is verie dangerous. For it maie happen, that a man may looke so vpon one that either is by nature suspitious, or by reason of some se­cret thing knowen to himselfe, maie suspect, that hee is [Page]therefore looked vpon. Wherevpon great quarrels may arise, for the man so looked on maie fall a questioning with him that looketh on him, who perhaps answering him ouerthwartly, may both moue him to choler, & be moued himself also, & so bring the matter to some dan­gerous point. Whereof I haue my selfe seene a notable example, passing through the Citie of Trieste, in the vttermost part of the territories of Friule in Italy, where I sawe two brethren, one a most honorable Captaine, and the other a braue and worthie souldier, who walk­ing together in the streetes, were verie stedfastly e [...]ed of certaine young Gentlemen of the Citie, who stared the Captaine and his brother in the face something vn­seemely, and (as they tooke it) discurteouslie: whervp­pon they asked the Gentlemen in verie curteous man­ner, whether they had seene them in anie place before, or whether they knew them. They answered no. Then replied the Captaine and his brother, Why then doo you looke so much vpon vs? They aunswered, because they had eies. That (sayd the other) is the crowes fault, in that they haue not picked them out. To bee short, in the end one word added on the other, and one speech following the other, the matter came from saying, to doing: and what the tung had vttered the hand would maintaine: and a hot fight being commenced, it could not be ended before the Captaines brother was slaine, and two of the gentlemen hurt, whereof one escaped with the rest, but the cheefest cutter of them all was hurt in the legge, and so could not get away, but was taken, imprisoned, and shortly after beheadded: he was very well beloued in the Cittie, but yet could not e­scape this end: being brought therto by following his [Page]mad brained conceits, and by beeing misled by euill company: the rest of his company were banished their country. Now if these gentlemen had more curteous­lie and wiselye demeaned themselues, no more hurte had followed that bad beginning: euerie man therfore shall doe well, to haue a great regarde in this respecte, least like disorders be to their danger committed.

Furthermore, I like not the custome which some men haue medling with other mens weapons, espe­ciallye with theirs that professe armes, neither can I thinke it an ouer-wise parte for men to be viewing one the others Rapiers, whereof may this inconuenience rise, that a man may so take occasion to kill his enemie, towards whome in outward appearance hee carryeth him selfe and his verye freende: for all is not golde that glistereth, and you may think a man to be your freend, whose hart as it is hidde from your eyes, so also is vn­knowne vnto you: all which mischeefe may by discre­tion and fore-sight be auoided, in offering no occasion or opportunity for the effecting therof.

Moreouer, when men light into the companye of honorable Gentlemen, they ought to haue a great re­garde of their tung, to the end the say nothing which maye be euil taken or mis-constred: and in talking or reasoning to girde at any man, of finde fault with him, howbeit you doe in neuer so truly, for it is ill play­ing so as it may pricke, and it is not good iesting to the disgrace of another.

It is no lesse behouefull for men to beware that they entise or suborne not other mens seruants, which of it selfe is odious, and purchaseth naught but shame and reproche to the performers of such base practises.

I must also mislike them that offer wrong to other mens seruants, for besides this, that they bewraye their basenes of minde, they seeme also to resemble him of whom the prouerb saith, that being vnable to strike the horse, beats the saddle, which signifieth as much, as whē he is not able to deale with the maister, the wreaketh it on the seruant: I hope therefore that gentle men will consider how base a thing it is to doe this, and also how that often-times much hurt ensueth: for one house is by this means stirred vp against another, and whole fa­milies are turned vp side downewarde: for whosoeuer seeth his seruants abused, wil think him selfe wronged: and will therefore endeuour to reuenge such wrongs, as offered vnto him selfe: according to the prouerbe, loue me and loue my dogge.

Also Gentlemen ought to abhorre carrying of tales, and reporting of other mens speeches, for that is a very vnchiristianly actiō, vnworthy to proceed from a braue and free minded man: for such as vse tale-bearing, of­ten-times thinking to reporte but wordes, reporte that which causeth a mans destruction: on the other side, if an man chaunce to speak euil of you in your absence, you ought not to seeke meanes to bee reuenged of him that so doth, despising and contemning him. For a com­mon saying it hath been of olde time (be it spoken with reuerence) he that speketh of me behinde my back, spe­keth with that which is behinde my back: And sure it is that no man of value or vertue will speak any thing of a man in his absence, but rather to his face; neither must a man easilye giue credite to all thinges which he hea­reth, for whatsoeuer hee bee that carryeth tales, hee dooth not nor can not truely deliuer a man speeche [Page]wholie without addition or substraction: for a word or two is easily adioyned, which notwithstanding is of ef­ficacie sufficient to alter the whole state of the speech. Which may moue anie man to thinke it a vaine matter for to go about to maintaine anie quarrell vpon no bet­ter grounds: and it may fall out, that by giuing credite to tales, one maie in danger himselfe and his friends. E­uerie man shall therefore doo well to bridle his owne tongue, and to consider of other mens speeches before he credite them, and not report vnto his friende euerie thing he heareth spoken of him, except it concerne his life or reputation: for in such a case a man ought to warne his frend, to the end he may be prouided against the wrong which is intended against him. And in this case also I wish this obseruation to be kept, that the par­tie grieued first go to him which spake the wordes, and aske him in curteous manner (not without courage) whether he haue reported or spoken such wordes, &c. Which if he denie in presence of credible persons, then is he that reported it to bee charged with the iniurie: who if he acquire himselfe by prouing that to bee true which he reported, yet considering that the partie ac­cused hath denied them before witnesse, you are to rest satisfied and contented: for by denying them he recal­leth them.

Furthermore, let euerie man take heed he maintain not anie dishonoured or infamous persons quarrell, of what condition or calling so euer he bee.

Also it is wisedome for a meane man not to deale with men of great calling, for he shall be sure howsoe­uer the matter go, to get little by it. And if chance, some occasion of quarrell being offered, he let it slip, suffering [Page]the matter to be taken vp, he shall doe well to retire in­to some place further of: for it is better for men to liue as freends asunder, then as enemies together: where­as else euerye small matter that might happen, would renue the olde quarrell. Hence commeth it that this prouerbe was vsed. That the eye sees not, the hart greeues not.

Contrarilye, a man of great calling and authoritye ought not to wrong any man of the meaner sorte, for there be many who, howbeit they be but poor and of no authoritie, yet they wante neither valour nor cou­rage, and will rather dye, then take any iniurie. Wher­of I will rehearse two or three examples which I haue my selfe seene.

There is a certaine village about a mile distant from the famous Cittie of Padua in Italye, where the Boggia­rini dwelt, men well to liue for their calling, wanting neither hart nor courage: and as it is a custome throgh­out all Lombardie, in Sommer-time there be many pla­ces, where in Castels and in Villages also, great markets and wakes be kept, vpon the daies of such Saints as the parish Churches are dedicated vnto: whither resorte merchants and Cuntry-men of all sortes, from places farre and neere, to make merrie and good cheere, ha­uing good Countrie musicke: the yonger sorte after dinner and supper vse all exercise and pastime, daun­cing with their loues on a fair greene, kept for the pur­pose. To which dauncing diuers gentlemen would re­sorte, onely to see the cuntrymen and women sporting and vsing their rurall pastimes: among which gentle­men were two nephewes to the Duke, who espying two maidens among the cuntry wenches surpassing all [Page]the rest in beautie and comelines, being sisters to the Boggiarini, fell into such liking of them, that within some fewe daies they went vnto the house of the saide Boggiarini, accompanied with certaine gallant youths, thinking by giftes and faire smoothing speeche, to per­swade and entice the maidens to become their para­mours, & to follow them home to their places: but the maidens father and two of their Bretheren, came to the gentlemen, hauing had an inckling of their intent, and tolde them that they were very poore, and not able to entertaine them according to their calling, yet that notwithstanding such was their honestie, that they greatly regarded their reputation: wherefore if it plea­sed them to come to their house with honest intent, they would stretch their power to the vttermost to ple­sure them, and their gratefulnes of minde towardes thē for their curtesie in vouchsafing to come vnto them: but if they came to any other intent then vertuous, then they beseeched them to departe. Heereupon the madde youths that accompanied the Gentlemen, be­gan to drawe vpon the countrymen, who being lesse in number farre then the gentlemen, were forced to re­tyre and saue themselues in their house, and for that time the matter was so ended. But not long after the Boggiarini chaunced to meete with some of these gal­lants, where two of them were shrewdly handled: for which cause the two Boggiarini were committed to close prison by the Maiestrates, and remained so for the space of eleuen or twelue moneths, and then were released: the gentlemē vnderstanding that they should be released, departed soddenlye the next day from Ve­nice, with seauen lustie fellowes well armed, intending [Page]to kil the Boggiarini, and so went to Padua: on the other side, the Boggiarinies kinsemen being informed of their cosins release out of prison, hastened to Padua to bring them home, and carried them their weapons: they therefore hauing discharged all duties, after they were set at libertie, tooke their iourney in hand and went homeward, but the gentlemen meeting them at a place called Seruy rushed violentlye vpon them on the sod­daine, crying all with a loud voice, kill, kill, kill. they not knowing what they ment at first, but quickly after per­ceiued who they were, would not willinglye haue had to do with them, as by othes and protestations they de­clared, defending themselues as well as they could, and retiring backe to escape them: but beeing compassed round about, and seeing no way to escape death but by the death of those that assailed them, when they percei­ued that neither intreatie nor protestation, nor anye thing could moue the reuengfull Gentlemen to holde their handes, euen after so many iniuries before that by them offered, as hauing gone about to violate their si­sters, hauing beaten their father, and hauing obtained punishment for themselues by the Maiestrates, with a yeeres imprisonment, being content with nothing but their liues, at length after they had retired much, and sought all meanes to auoyde the fight, they began to set aparte all respectes, abandoning their liues: where­vpon laying about them withall strength and no lesse courage, in short space they slew the Dukes Nephewes both, and another Gentleman, and hurt diuers of the others that accompanied them, onely one of the Boggi­arini beeing harmed with the losse of three fyngers. The fight being ended, one of the Boggiarini getting [Page]on a Millars horse escaped, the other three purposing to saue themselues in a Monasterie, were taken and put in prison: afterward their cause being brought before the Councell of Venice, an vncle of the gentlemen that were slaine, vnder-tooke the patronage and defence of the poore cuntrymen, (they beeing in truth guiltlesse) and making a speech for them, obtained so much that they saued their liues, howbeit they were banished out of all the territories of the Venetian seignory. The ende of these gentlemen that were so pittifully slaine, maye be an example to all others how to behaue themselues towards men of meaner degree.

In the same cittie of Padua, happened another cause not much vnlike to this, between a Gentleman of Bres­cia and a Baker. This gentleman hauing many houses in that citie, (in one of which a baker was tenant) vpon some small occasion, gaue the baker warning to pro­uide him another house: the baker being an honest man got all his neighbours to intreate the gentleman to let him continue his tenant, but their intreatie serued not, and the poore man to his vtter vndoing, was thrust out of his house, which so greeued him, that hee vowed his Landlords death: who hauing had some notice there­of, tooke as great heed as he coulde, continually com­ming home before night, least by his late being abroad he might be endangered. Thus two yeeres being past, hee began by little and little to wexe more carelesse, thinking in that space a man might forget any wrong: but the poor baker had not so forgottē that great iniu­ry, for I haue heard many say, that the offender writeth in the sand, but the offended in marble: & so this baker meeting the Gentleman late in the night, hastilye run­neth [Page]into a shoppe where Cheese and such like thinges were solde, where borrowing a knife, maketh after his olde Landlord, and ouertaking him, cutteth his throte, so that the Gentleman within fewe howers dyed, and the Baker was bannished by the Maiestrates, because they could not otherwise punish him, he being fled.

I haue read in the historie of the last warres in Persia, how Mahomet Bassa Generall of the Turkishe Empire, tooke a certaine pension from a Souldier (who for his valour had well deserued it) and bestowed it on some other whom he better thought of: wherupon the soul­dier being with great reason offended, feigned himself madde, and the better to effect his purpose, seemed to think that he had entred into some order of Mahome­tan religion, and so came dayly into the Bassaes cham­ber mumbling out his praiers, whereat hee and all the rest about him laughed, but the souldier vsed this so often, till espying fit opportunity he slew the Bassa, and being taken and brought before the great Turke, was by him giuen to the Bassaes slaues to do their pleasure with him, for hee had confessed the whole matter vn­to the Turke.

Before the ouerthrow of the Turkish Nauie, which was in the yeere 1571. the Sates of Venice had a little before sent Sfortia Palauisino their Generall into Slauo­nia by land, and into other Easterne partes, with that authoritie as in time of warres Generals vse to haue: he being arriued in those places, espied opportunity to take a certaine Cittie called Margarita, in a countrie: wherefore hee leauyed an armye with all speede, and marching towarde the Cittie, planted his ordinance, and began to batter the walles of the same Cittie. At [Page]the assaulte wherof he bare in his hand a kinde of pick­axe, with a thing like a hammer at one end, and a long pike at the staffe ende, able to pierce any bodie armed with a curats: which kinde of weapon is much vsed by the Sclauonians, Croacians, Turkes, Albanoies, and Hungarians: with this pickaxe did Sforcia Palauicino encourage his souldiers to strike those that returned from the assaulte, or were not so forward as they ought to haue beene, and among others would haue stricken a certaine Venetian Gentleman, whose seruant pre­sently stept before his maister to Sforcia with his peece in his hand, and bad him holde his hand, for that hee whom he went about to strike was a gentleman of Ve­nice and his maister, and therefore willed him to take heede of touching him, purposing, if Sforcia had not re­tired from his maister, to shoote him through with his Peece. Sforcia noting and admiring the fellows valour and fidelitie, in hazarding his owne life to saue his mai­ster from wrong, earnestlye requested the Gentleman, to let that his seruant bee his, promising to shewe him much fauour, which the Gentleman both to gratifie Sforcia and to aduaunce his man to preferment, did: and Sforcia made him a Captain, and wonderfully en­riched him, insomuch that in fewe yeeres after he be­came a great man.

It is a grosse follye for men to scoffe and iest at o­thers, is what case soeuer it be: neither ought those men who by nature are framed comely and tall, to be girding at those vnto whome nature hath not been so beneficiall. There be many that being carried away with plausible conceite of their owne manhoode and strength, by reason of the propernes and greatnes of [Page]their well shapen bodies, despise men of lesse stature, thinking that in respect of themselues they be nothing, and that if occasion were offered them to fight with them, they thinke they were able to minse them as smal as pye-meat, not knowing that men are not measured as woollen Cloth by the yarde, or that little men haue oftentimes ouerthrowen great fellowes. In considera­tion whereof, I will recount vnto you that happened in Italye, in the Cittie of Boulogna.

When the Emperour Charles the fifth, came to be crowned by Pope Clement the seuenth. This Emperour had in his traine, a great Moore like a Giant, who be­side his tallnes wanted no valour and courge, beeing wonderfull strong: he enioying the fauour of so great an Emperour, was respected of all men, and particular­lye of diuers Princes which accompanied the Empe­rour: which brought him to such a proud conceite of himselfe, and his owne worthines (ascribing the good fauour of all the Princes and gentlemen that followed the Emperour to his own deserts, and not to the good will that they sawe the Emperour bare him) that hee laughed al men to scorn, thinking none able to encoun­ter with him.

Whereuppon hee obtained leaue of the Empe­rour, that proclaimation shoulde bee made, that if any one in all that Citie being so ful of people, would wre­stle with him, hee would challenge him: which being published, euery man was sorelye afraide of his huge­nes, strength, and eager countenance. Insomuch that none could be found that durst vndertake that match, saue the Duke of Mantuaes Brother called Rodomont, who though he was but of an ordinary stature, yet was [Page]he both very strong and nimble withall, and (as it was credibly thought,) all his brest was wholy made of one bone: he was very valiant, and by reporte could break at one course seauen staues tyed together, insomuch that if he had not had a good horse, he should break his backe: but for many rash enterprises, he was bannished from all tylt-yardes and iusting. This Rodomont seeing that no man else durste vndertake to bee matched in wrestling with the proude boasting Moore, notwith­standing that his brother the Duke and the rest of his kinred vsed all meanes to disswade him, would neuer­thelesse himselfe wrestle with him, to make it knowen vnto all the worlde, that he would not suffer so beastlie a creature, to staine the honor of Italian Gentlemen, and to giue the Emperour (who was a stranger) occa­sion to laugh at the Italians, seeing them put downe by a monstrous Moore. Rodomont therefore buckling with the Moore in presence of the Emperour and all the Princes, behaued himselfe in such sort, that the Moore could not foyle him with any fall, insomuch that hee was brought only to touch the ground with one knee, howbeit the Moore strained himselfe to the vttermost strength: and so the night drawing on, after they had tryed their force a long time, the Emperour caused them to cease till next daye, at which time Rodomont came to meete the Moore againe with great courage, and hauing now had good triall of his strength, and knowing what he was able to doe, as soone as he sawe fitte opportunitie, nimblye tooke the Moore about the middle, and clasped him hard against his owne brest, holding him so vntill he perceiued him to be breath­lesse, and then letting him slippe out of his armes, the [Page]Moore fell down dead so heauilie, that the whole place shaked, as if some steeple had beene cast downe: which Rodomont perceiuing, presentlye got from the whole company, and taking poste horsse fled, fearing least the Emperour should haue doone him some displeasure: but hee wente not about it, considering that the chal­lenge was publiquelye proclaimed by his owne leaue and authoritie. Howbeit hee was greeued for the losse of his stout Moore.

One example more will I recount concerning inso­lencye, especiallye because this Rodomont of whome I spake, was an actor in the tragedie. It happened that the Duke of Mantua and his brother Rodomont being in the same Emperour Charles his Court about certain affaires of their owne, they on a time walked in a great cham­ber, expecting that the Emperour should send for them when his Maiestie were at leasure: into which cham­ber at the same time, came a certain Spanish Captaine, who without any greeting or salutation, came by them and brauely walked, euen betweene the Duke and his brother, nothing respecting the greatnes of that prince, and so braued them three or foure times: wherewith Rodomont being greatlye offended, with the discurtesie of this proud and insolent Captain, went to a window which he perceiued to be open, and staying til the cap­taine came that way, tooke him by the coller with one hand, and putting the other vnder his breeche, thrust him out at the windowe, and brake his necke: Where­vpon he fled from the Court with all speede he could. But the Emperour being enformed of the matter, bla­med not Rodomont, considering the Spanishe Captaine had so insolently behaued himselfe to Rodomonts bro­ther [Page]the Duke of Mantua. It were an endlesse thing for me to rehearse all the examples that I haue heard, con­cerning this vice of insolencie, which are infinite, and happen dayly in all countries, by reason of the little re­garde that is had in the bringing vp of yong men: and so I will only exhorte euery man to take heed least him selfe fall into like follie.

I will not omit to speake of a certaine vice, and parte not to be vsed by a gentleman, seeing it proceedeth of meere cowardise: which is, when a man hauing fallen out with one or other, and wanting courage to deale with him in single fight, procureth base and cowardlie meanes by the help of some of his freends, with whom he plotteth how they may circumuent his enemy. And so watching him at some time or other, will draw vpon him, as if hee had mette him by chaunce, who thinking vpon no villanie, without any suspition at all, likewise draweth to defende himselfe, as a man ought to doe, which when the other plotters espie standing a far off, drawe neere as strangers to them both, and vnwilling any hurt should be done on either side, whereas they most traiterouslie will either themselues impart a thrust by the way, or so strike his weapon, that his enemy may take occasion to hurt him: which villanie (for I thinke no term bad inough to expresse it by) you may escape, if you take heede when any one draweth vpon you, that none else come neere you, willing them to retire, with protestation, that you will take them as your ene­mies, if they doe not: for by reason that you knowe them not, they cannot but like of your protestation, if they meane you no euill, seeing that you not knowing thē can not assure your self of their good affection to­wards [Page]you, and care of your safegarde. Therfore in any case, at such time as you shal happen to be enforced to defende your selfe on the sodaine, let no man come neere you, for it is very dangerous: and I speake this because I haue seene the like doone verye often, and found it confirmed by great experience. And to saye some thing of parting, I will by the way declare thus much. That hee that will parte two that are fighting, must go betwixt thē both, hauing great regarde that he nether hindreth one more then the other, nor suffereth the one more to endanger his enemie than the other: and if more come to parte then one, they must deuide themselues, and some come on one side, and some on the other, taking great heede that neither of them be any way either preiudiced, or fauoured: wherefore I doe not mislike with the great Duke of Florence his o­pinion, who vpon paine of great forfeiture, forbad all men to parte those that should fight, for hee would haue them suffered to fight til they parted themselues, and if any one chaunced to be hurt, they should blame themselues, seeing they were the onelye cause there­of.

If the like were vsed in all places, I thinke we should not haue so muche quarrelling by halfe as wee daylye see among Gentlemen: for surely manye will be ve­rye readye vpon no occasion to drawe vpon a man, onely because he knoweth that he shall not be suffered to fight.

Some others there be, who to wreake themselues vpon their enemies will doe it by a thirde meanes, by giftes or promises, perswading some needy fellow to picke a quarrell, with their enemy, whom either the [Page]poore fellow hurteth or killeth, and so encurreth dan­ger of death: or at the least is hurte or maimed himself. Therfore I could wish euery man to meddle with his own quarrels only, neither reuenging his own wrong, by another, nor wreaking other mens iniuries by him­selfe, vnlesse he haue good reason to the coatrarie, as in diuers cases a man may honestlie and honorably both intreat others to reuenge his wrongs, and be also intre­ted of others.

There be also some gentlemen so carelesse, that bee­ing in companye with honest gentlemen, thinke that whatsoeuer follie they commit, the companye will be ready to defend them, and so will either scoffe or gybe with them that passe by, or vse some knauishe tricke to­ward some one that is not of their companye, or fall a quarrelling with one or other whom they think good, and so hauing set manye together by the eares, they are the first that will runne awaye, or hide themselues in some corner till all be done. By my counsel therfore shall no man be so fond as to backe anye, or take parte with any that are so void of discretion or gouernment.

Like vnto these you shall see others, who will inuite their freends to some dinner or pastime abroad, onely to serue their turnes in reuenging their wronges, ha­uing plotted meanes for the execution thereof, wher­by many times much harme hath beene doone, suffici­ent to cause any man to beware of falling into like in­conueniences.

All which I haue heere sayde, because I haue my selfe had experience thereof. And these bee the things whereof quarrelles proceede, which beginning but betweene two or three, somtime are so farre increased, [Page]that whole families are wrapped in quarrels and broils, which oftentimes are not ended without great hurt & bloudshed. Euerie man ought therefore to know how to behaue himselfe in these cases, and not to presume vpon his owne skil or knowledge, but to learne how he ought to proceed in matters of combats or quarrelles: For a man maie dayly learne more than he knoweth, & especially they that want experience: seeing it is a mat­ter seldome seene, that he shall be able to know what is good, that hath not had some triall of that which is e­uill. According to a verse of Petrarke, Euerie one must learne to his cost: which saying pertaineth especially to young men, who for the most parte can neuer learne to gouern themselues aright, vntill such time as they haue had experience of some mishappe or other, concerning either their goods, life, or credite. But as nothing is so daungerous but maie bee preuented, so in this pointe, that men take good heed and arme themselues with the sure shield of sound counsell and aduice, that they may easily auoide such errors as I haue in these my ad­uertisements discouered and made knowen for their profit & commoditie.

A Discourse most necessarie for all Gentlemen that haue in regarde their honors touching the giuing and receiuing of the Lie, where­vpon the Duello & the Combats in diuers sortes doth insue, & ma­ny other inconueniences, for lack only of the true knowledge of ho­nor, and the contrarie: & the right vnderstanding of wordes, which heere is plainly set downe, begin­ning thus.

A RVLE AND ORDER concerning the Challenger and Defender.

ALL iniuries are reduced to two kindes, and are either by wordes or deedes. In the first, he that offereth the iniurie ought to bee the Challenger: in the later, hee that is iniuried: Example, Caius sayth to [Page]Seius that hee is a traitour: vnto which Seius aunswe­reth by giuing the lie: whereuppon ensueth, that the charge of the Combat falleth on Caius, because hee is to maintaine what hee sayd, and therefore to challenge Seius. Now when an iniurie is offered by deede, then do they proceed in this manner. Caius striketh Seius, giueth him a boxe on the eare, or some other waie hur­teth him by some violent meanes: Wherewith Seius offended, saith vnto Caius, that hee hath vsed violence towardes him, or that hee hath dealt iniuriouslie with him, or that hee hath abused him, or some such manner of saying. Wherevnto Caius aunswereth, Thou lyest: whereby Seius is forced to challenge Caius, and to compell him to fight, to maintaine the iniurie which hee had offered him. The summe of all therefore, is in these cases of honour, that hee vnto whome the lie is wrongfullie giuen, ought to challenge him that offereth that dishonour, and by the swoorde to proue himselfe no lyer.

There bee manie that delighting to finde faulte with that which is sette downe by others, bee it ne­uer so truely and exactly perfourmed, will in this case also seeke to ouerthrowe the rules which I haue a­boue alleadged concerning Challenging and Defen­ding, opposing manye Argumentes and obiections, which I thinke friuolous to trouble the Reader withall, and therefore wy1l neyther rehearse them he [...]re, nor sp [...]nde so much labour in vaine as to aun­swere them, considering that men but of meane capa­citie will bee able to discerne and iudge of the small reason that they are grounded vppon. For who is ther that seeth not, howbeit some men finer witted than [Page]endued with valour and courage, will by multiplicati­on of speeches giue cause of greater offence, and ther­by giue the other occasion to challenge the combat, ra­ther than to do it themselues. Yet that notwithstanding the true and perfect manner of proceeding in cases of honour is, that whosoeuer offereth iniurie by deede, as striking, beating, or otherwise hurting anie man, ought presently without anie further debate or questioning, to be challenged to the Combat, vnlesse hee refuse the same by making satisfaction for the offence or offered iniurie.

And in iniuries offered by worde, no respect ought to bee had of all the wordes which by aunsweres and replies are multiplied, (as when one saith, Thou lyest, the other answereth with the same wordes, and the first replieth, with thou liest also, and so maie perchaunce make a fraie with wordes only, which foolish and chil­dish manner of proceeding cannot but bee misliked of by Gentlemen of reputation) but to whom so euer the lie is vniustlye and wrongfully giuen, vnto him shall it belong to become Challenger, by Armes to maintaine what he spake or did, whervpon the lie was giuen him.

What the reason is, that the partie vnto whom the lie is giuen, ought to become Challenger: and of the nature of Lies.

SOme men maruell why that hee vnto whome the lie is giuen, ought rather to challenge the Combat, than [Page]hee that is called a traitor or a villaine, or by some other iniurious name, seeing that it woulde seeme more rea­sonable, that hee which is most iniuried, ought to be­come Challenger, and not the other, and that this is a greater iniurie to saie vnto a man, Thou art a theefe, thou art a villaine, & a traitor, than this, Thou lyest. But the lawes haue no regarde of the wordes, or of the force or efficacie of them, but prouide that the burthen of the challenge shall euer fall on him that offereth the in­iurie: for it is thought that euerie man is honest, iust, and honourable vntill the contrarie bee proued. And therefore as in common triall by ciuill iudgement and order of lawe, whosoeuer is accused of anie crime, is by simple denying the same deliuered from condemnati­on, vnlesse further proofe thereof be brought agaynst him: euen so in this case, whosoeuer speaketh of ano­ther man contrarie vnto that which is ordinarilie pre­sumed of him, it is great reason that the charge of proof should lie vppon him, to make that manifest vnto the worlde by force of Armes, that such a man is guiltie of such and such thinges as hee hath laide to his charge. Heereuppon some maie cauell, and aske howe that hee that is iniuried by deede shall become challenger, (as I haue sayde) if that the lawes prouide that the bur­then thereof shall belong vnto him that offereth the iniurie.

Wherevnto I aunswere, that if I beate or strike anie man, thereof proceedeth no cause of proofe, it is mani­fest that I offend or hurt him, and I know no cause why I shoulde proue that I doo so. But if the other saie vnto mee, that I did not as a Gentleman worthie to beare [Page]Armes, or that I dealt not honorably, or any such thing, I repell his sayings with the Lie, and force him to main­taine what hee hath spoken: whereof I am acquited with sole deniall, till hee make further proofe.

And now as concerning the nature of Lies, I saye that euerie deniall, bee it neuer so simple, beareth the force of a Lie, beeing altogether as much in effect. And I see no other difference betweene a simple denyall and the lie, than is betwixte a speech more or lesse cur­teous. Wherefore although the names of deniall are diuerse, as Thou lyest, Thou sayest vntruly, Thou spea­kest falsely, Thou sparest the truth, Thou tellest tales, Thou regardest not how falsely thou reportest a mat­ter, Thou art wide from the truth, This is a lie, a tale, a falsehood, &c. Yet all these manners of speech import the Lie, whether hee vnto whome they were spoken spake iniuriously or no. For though I saie not anie e­uill thing of anie other, but chance to discourse of some matter, or rehearse some tale or historie, or reporte any thing, as occasion of speeche may bee offered mee, if some one that standeth by telleth mee that I saie not truely, or vse anie of the foresayde formes or manner of speech vnto mee, surely hee bringeth my truth in que­stion, and causeth mee to bee reputed for a lyar, and so consequently offereth mee iniurie. And forasmuch as euerie iniurie offered by wordes, maie be the first time wreasted and returned vppon him that offereth the in­iurie, I maie lawfullie repulse that iniurie with a se­conde denyall, which shall beare the force of a Lye, where his first shall bee accounted of the nature of an [Page]iniurie, by which meanes the burthen of the challenge shall rest whol [...]e vpon him. But if hee chaunce to saie onely thus, or after this manner vnto mee, This is not so, or the truth heereof I take to bee otherwise, &c. I cannot take anie such speech iniuriously, for it may be the thing whereof I spake is not true, and yet I doo not lie, and therefore such a speeche so spoken cannot anie wayes burthen mee, vnlesse I shall make some iniuri­ous replie thereunto, which hee repealing with the lye, maye laye the burthen of challenge on mee: for a worde commeth sometimes to bee iniuryous, and sometimes not, onelye by beeing sometimes iniurious­ly spoken, and sometimes not. As for example: If one man doo saye vnto another, Thou sayest not true, hee dooth thereby make him a Lyer, and so hee doth iniu­rie him. But if hee doo replye and saie in this manner, That which thou sayest is not so, or it is not true, &c. No such manner of speech or saying can bee iniurious, for that, as I haue aboue sayde, the thing may bee false, and yet hee no Lyer, by reason that hee eyther maye bee euyll infourmed, or else not vnderstande the mat­ter as it was, or some suche other thing might hap­pen, whereby hee might bee mooued to reporte and speake that agayne which is not true: wherefore anie such aunswere whatsoeuer cannot in anie sort fall bur­denous vnto him. One case excepted, which is, if hee saie that hee dyd suche a thing, or that hee dyd saie such a thing, or that hee had beene about such a mat­ter, or that hee dealte in such a case, &c. And another answere him that he did not, or that the same which he sayd was not true, &c. For so hee us burdened beeing [Page]accounted a lyer, because a man cannot bee misinfor­med in anie thing which he sayd or did himselfe, which iniurie hee is to repulse with the lie, and so the charge of challenge remaineth on the other, vnlesse hee in say­ing that hee dyd or sayde such or such a thing, doo thereby offer some man iniurie, who by giuing the Lie maie repulse the same iniurie, and so cast the charge of challenge vpon him. To conclude, by all this which is sayde it manifestly appeareth, that whosoeuer taketh heed that hee offer no offence in his wordes or speech, shall neuer bee endangered to bee iniuried with the lie.

Of the manner and diuersitie of Lies.

TO the ende that the nature of Lies may the more easilye bee knowen, and when the Lie ought to bee giuen and when not, and in what cases, it is requisite I should parti­cularly discourse thereof: For some Lies bee certaine, and some conditionall, and both the first and the later, some of them are generall and some of them speciall. Vnto which two sortes, I will adde a third kind of lies, which may be tearmed Vaine-lies.

Of Lies certaine.

LIes certaine, are such as are giuen vppon wordes spoken affirmatiuely, as if anie man shoulde saie or [Page]write vnto another. Thou hast spoken to my discredit, and in preiudice of my honour and reputation, and therefore doost lye. And in this respect is this a lye cer­taine, because I affirme that such a one hath spoken e­uill of me: yet because I doe not particularly mention wherein or how he hath offended me by speeche, the lye which I gaue him is generall, and therefore of no force. For to haue the lye giuen lawfully, it is requisite that the cause whereupon it is giuen, be particularlye specified and declared. Wherefore lyes speciall, and such as are giuen vpon sure and expresse wordes, are such as assuredlye binde the parties vnto whome they be giuen, to proue the same which they haue spoken, when as they cannot deny that they haue said, where­vpon the lye was giuen them, as for example; Alexander thou hast said, that I being imploied by his highnes in his seruice at Pauia, haue had secret conference with the enemie: wherfore I say that thou hast lyed. This is a sure & a specially, and by consequence lawfully giuen.

Of conditionall Lyes.

COnditionall lyes be such as are giuen conditionally: as if a man should saie or write these woordes. If thou hast saide that I haue offered my Lord a­buse, thou lyest: or if thou saiest so heerafter, thou shalt lye. And as often as thou hast or shalt so say, so oft do I and will I say that thou doest lye. Of these kinde of lyes giuen in this manner, often arise much contention in words, and di­uers intricate worthy battailes, multiplying wordes v­pon [Page]wordes whereof no sure conclusion can arise: the reason is, because no lye can bee effectuall or lawefull, before the condition is declared to bee true, that is, be­fore it be iustified that such words were certainly spo­ken. For the partie vnto whom such a lye is giuen, may answere according as he findes him selfe guiltie or not: if chaunce he haue so saide, he may by generall wordes seeke meanes to escape the lye which is giuen him: and withall vpon those words which the other hath spoken or written vnto him, he may happilie finde occasion of a meere quarrell, and giue him a lye certaine. And on the other side, if indeed he haue not spoken those words wherupon the lye was giuen him, then may he saye ab­solutelye, that hee spake them not: adding therto some certaine or conditionall lye, as for example: Whereas thou chargest me that I should say that thou art a Trai­tor, and thereupon saiest that I lye: I answere, that I neuer spake such words, and therfore say, that whosoe­uer saith that I haue spoken such wordes, he lyeth. Yet notwithstanding I cannot like of this manner of pro­ceeding, because therby men fal into a world of words.

Some holde an opinion, that such an answere might be framed: Thou doost not proceede in this case like a Gentleman, neither according to the honorable cu­stome of Knights: which when thou shalt doe, I will answere thee. Vnto whom I cannot giue applause, con­sidering that the other maye replye, that hee lyeth, be­cause hee saith hee did not as a Gentleman, &c. allead­ging that many Gentlemen haue obserued and vsed that manner of proceeding, and so shall the other haue occasion by his ignorance, in not knowing how to an­swere the lye conditionallye giuen him, to giue him a [Page]certain lye: therfore not to fall into any error, all such as haue any regarde of their honor or credit, ought by all meanes possible to shunne all conditionall lyes, neuer geuing anie other but certayne Lyes: the which in like manner they ought to haue great re­garde, that they giue them not, vnlesse they be by some sure means infallibly assured, that they giue them right­ly, to the ende that the parties vnto whome they be gi­uen, may be forced without further Ifs and Ands, ei­ther to deny or iustifie, that which they haue spoken.

Of the Lye in generall.

THe lye in generall is considered in two sortes, the one hauing respect to the per­son, and the other to the iniurie. That which toucheth the person, is termed ge­nerall, when no especiall person is named to whom the same is giuen: as if one should say, whoso­euer hath reported of me that I haue betraied my lord, doth lye falsely. And to this lye it is holden of braue men of reuerence, that no man is bound to answer the same: which seemeth to me to be excellent well vnder­stoode, because this charge or imposition maye seeme to touche manye, beeing that manye haue spoken the same, and so one with many should be bound to fight: which were to graunt an conuenience directly, for it is not allowed that any man should enter into com­bat more then once for one quarrell, and that no man shal put his honor vpon another mans sword or valor: so might it come to passe that such a one might take the quarel, that the lie was neuer meant vnto. wherupon, to auoid such disorders, the best meane is, that this lie so gi­uē be not adiudged lawful, nor approued for sufficient.

The other lye which we haue termed generall in re­spect of the iniury, is this: Antony thou hast spoke ill of me, or thou hast saide some what in preiudice of my re­putation, and therefore I say that thou hast lyed. This lye for that it is vpon words in which the lye especially declared not what is the thing from whence the slaun­der was, or speeche preiudiciall to reputation spoken is, for that in many sortes a man maye be ill spoken of, and ones reputation preiudiced: happening verye of­ten, that hee whosoeuer talketh of another man, in di­uers matters speaketh that which hee of whome they were spoken, might esteeme them to his shame and disgrace: and therefore it is most necessary to expresse the point whereupon he holdeth himselfe offended: to the end that it may be considered, Specification of the quar­ [...]ell. whither hee wil take vpon him to proue his sayings, or whither he wil proue it with his weapon, or ciuillye by the lawe. And thus for these causes this lye cannot be accompted no waies of value nor lawfull: and he that hath giuen the same, if hee will come to the definition or determination of quarrell, must write the particular and declare it: for in right hee is bound so to doe, if so much time bee per­mitted.

And this I say, a lye giuen in this sorte, doth not only binde, but is verye dangerous to bee wrested, and the danger whereof I speake, is thus: as by this case follow­ing you may easilie see. Paul vnderstandeth that Ni­cholas hath saide of him that he is an Vsurer, and hauing vnderstanding of these wordes, writeth vnto him: Ni­cholas thou hast spoken ill of mee, and therefore I saye thou lyest. Paul peraduenture knowing many defaults more then this in Nicholas, maye answere him thus: I [Page]confesse that I haue spoken ill of thee, but I specified the particularitie of that which thou hast doone, and I saide that long since thou committedst such a fault, and such another, and shew how and thus bring foorth the ground of his speech, without making mention at all of that particularity of which Paul charged him with: and this maye adde more, that so thou lyest thy selfe, say­ing that I speaking ill of thee doe lye. Heere if Paul re­turne to write, should reply, I say that thou lyest in say­ing that I am an Vsurer. Not for all this shall his lye make him guiltie, because the generall lye permitting an exception, it maye be well wrested, being apparant that in speaking ill of Paul, Nicholas did not lye. And af­ter the first lye is accompted false, it is to be presumed that also the second containeth a kinde of falsetie: for whosoeuer is accounted once naught, is alwaies estee­med naught in the same kinde: and the presumption being against Paul, it behoueth him to be the actor, so as for the effect in the generalitie of the lye, he shal fall in­to this inconuenience. Besides, such may be his default as the same by lawe might be proued against him, that neither as Defendant or Plaintife, he may enter the du­ello or combat. I conclude therefore, for the small va­liditie of the generall lye, that it hath qualitie to put an other man to the paines of proofe: as for the danger that it bringeth with her, all cauilieres, and braue men ought to take heede of it altogither. Although there were no other thing, then to auoide the multitude of cartelles, being a thing more comely for gentlemen to binde themselues to the action, then lay themselues open with many words.

Of the Lye in particular.

THe speciall lyes are those which are giuen to speciall persons, and vpon expresse and particular matter, and the example is this: Siluano thou hast sayde that at the daye of the battaile of S. Quintin I did aban­don the Ensigne, whereof I saye thou lyest: and this is that lye that before wee tearmed assured and law­full. It is verye necessarye that hee that goeth thus to worke, must haue such profes, and witnes of the speech of that hee which intendeth to beginne the repulse with the lye, that the other maye not denye it: for if I haue not proofes conuenient, hee maye answere that I haue lyed my self in so giuing him the lye, and in such a case I shall not onely be driuen to prooue that I aban­doned not the Ensigne, but proue that he hath laid that blame vpon me vniustly: but if he cannot iustly denye it, then there is no doubt but that he must also proue it. But when he shall deny that he spake these wordes, and I haue proued them by iust circumstance, if then he ask the combate to prooue his saying that way on me, the same then is to be vtterly refused, for the deniall of his speeche commeth so to be an vnsaying of his worde: and thereupon it is to be presumed, that as well in his accusation as deniall, The office of great Lords. The office of Caualieres. hee was a lyer. And in these quarrels, wherein appeareth manifest falsitie, those who commaund (as soueraigne Lords) ought not to permit [Page]the combat, nor braue men (I meane caualieres) ought not to be ashamed in such cases to refuse the battaile, being more honorable to auoide it with reason, then to enter it against all right, and all bond of duetie. Now this true and lawefull lye beeing that wee would in this chapter specifie, with which onelye braue men ought to giue the repulse vnto all iniuries, wherewith they finde themselues offended with any body, and wil either by mouth or writing giue it, they must so per­fectlye manifest themselues in the words wherein they finde themselues outraged, and in such sort build their intent, that no one of their words may be denyed nor wrested: if they determine not afterwards to haue que­stion or doubt of the Challenger or the accused, which is in english Plaintife and Defendant.

Of foolish Lyes.

THe common opinion is, that he who giueth the lye, looseth the election of weapons, so that hee saie vnto another that he lyeth, without hauing regarde to the manner how he doth it, wherby he thinketh to haue done great matter. And heereupon it com­meth, that euerye daye there riseth from the common sorte new and strange foolishnesses, The lye the other speakes. as he who wil giue the lye ere the other speake, saying: if thou saye that I am not an honest man, thou lyest in thy throate.

And this is a changing of nature, for the lye beeing but an answere, in this manner it commeth to answere that which was neuer spoken. Here let vs put a case, it is true that sometime one hearing that another hath sayd that he is a theef, will answere: If thou saie that I am a theefe thou lyest: this Lie is generall, helde incontinentlye to charge another. A lye that gi­ueth meanes to be repented. But the forme of this giueth (as it see­meth vnto me) meanes and waie to the speaker thereof to resolue with himselfe well whether he will continue therein or no, as though hee would saie to himselfe, take heed if thou wilt affirme that which thou hast spoken, that auouching it I pretende to giue thee the Lie, and hee not returning to saie the same, that lye doeth not binde, for that a man maye sometime repent himselfe, saying somewhat in choler or with little consideration. But now to returne to our foolish Lies, A lye at plea­sure. whose fashion will giue cause of laughter. If thou wilt saie that I am not thy equall, thou lyest: where he doth not onely an­swere himselfe before the other hath spoken, but also putteth himselfe vppon his pleasure, that saie I what I canne, till I haue spoken it I doo not lie: as I cannot saie that I am going into France, vntill that I am in the waie, and that I am imbarqued. And of such lyke Lyes I haue heard some good store amongest no common men. There are not anie of these more right than this, which is much vsed, in that thou hast spoken ill of mee, thou lyest: and if thou denie the same thy saying, thou liest also. That if I haue spoken il of thee, or if thou canst proue that I haue spoken it or no, if thou canst proue it, it behoueth thee to tell it. Let this bee an example, thou hast said that I am an heretike, and shew plainelie that I haue sayde it, and vpon the expresse and particu­lar [Page]iniurie, giue me [...] certaine and especiall lye, if thou canst not proue that in such words I haue iniuried thee, and wilt enter into qu [...]rr [...]ll with me, then it is thy part to lay before me that I haue spoken ill of thee: so it tou­cheth me to answere and repell the blame that thou doost giue me. It is no reasonable matter that thou wilt lay vpon me the title of a slaunderer, and yet take away the meanes both of my answere & repulse, and be both Challenger and Defender in one matter. But these are certaine fashions of writings or challenges, found out eyther of men which thinke themselues too wise, or those which vnderstand very little. These kinde of lyes I esteeme not onely to be vnlawfull, but that they may bee turned backe with a lye in the throate: that I who know that I haue not iniured him, may safelie answere him that he lyeth, that I denying that I haue spoken ill of him doe lye.

And I maye speake of the other, that one meeting with his enemie saith: holde or giue me thy hand, that I may tell thee that thou art a lyer, & he answereth that thou lyest: and so not vsing any otherwise his handes, thinketh sufficiently that he hath discharged himself of his aduersaries charge, and dooth not vnderstand that these wordes, hold thy hands, will signifie, I will proue it if thou holde thy hand: and not holding his hand, he is not bound to goe any further. It is sometime seene that one asking another a thing, as a man should saye: hast not thou saide such wordes? wast thou not such a day in such a place? in stead of answere yea or no, it is answered by a lye: of all such, and such like, I doe not intend to mencion or remember, being to great a labor [Page]to gather them together, for that they are woorth no more, A lye giuen w tout cause, than as he that had lost his girdle, sayd that who­soeuer had taken awaie the same lyed. Or he that heard another breake winde behinde, sayd, if you speak to me sir, you lie in your throate. To these I will ioyne others as vaine and foolish, whereof I will giue examples. I say to you, A lye giuen a [...]ter an ill sorte. like to lyke, whosoeuer you bee, that hee is an whoremonger, and hee then not giue them one word, but another daie with aduantage of weapon or compa­nie, will tell me that I lyed. The other beeing himselfe lykewise iniuried, wil make no answere, and afterwards out of audience will saie vnto the giuer of the iniurie, that hee lyed, or will publish a cartell full of giuing the lie. These I saie, and such lyke are of no woorth, for that they are not giuen like Gentlemen or Caualiers, In dis­grace giuen and receiued in the presence of others with out aduantage, there must no aduantage bee sought in the answering of them, but vnto the iniuries presently giuen, present answere must bee made. To those a farre off giuen, farre they are to be answered: and such as are writ, written answeres are allowed. Neither must that lye be called lawfull which is giuen with more aduan­tage, than the iniury was giuē, because no respect ought to withdrawe me to answere him who doeth iniurie or hurt, so that he be not armed, or so accompanied, that I answering him, hee might doo me wrong in oddes of weapon, in such maner iniuring me, I ought not vnsaie my worde in seeking my aduauntage, yet it is certaine, that if anie person, I hauing meanes to doo supersticery and wrong, should charge me with infamy, I ought not to staie from giuing him the lie therefore, for so is my dementie or lie lawfull. Neither can he alledge, that my [Page]challenge therein was supersticery, the fault being to be giuen by him who sawe me so aduantaged vnder him, & would come to outrage me. But Gentlemen out of this case must obserue, that the lie or dementie ought to be giuen in more honest manner than the iniuries are done. And if that one far off thee haue spoken ill of thee thou straight maist giue him the ly, & maist write to him that he lieth in his throat, and so likewise present. And if he haue written anie thing in preiud [...]ce of thy reputati­on, thou by writing maist answere him, and very hono­rably thou maist also giue it him present. And seeing now mention is made of writing to him who farre of speaketh ill of another, I will adde this, that I know that of some it is said, that whosoeuer is the first that writeth he is accounted Chalenger, which opinion is in no sort to be allowed, for the Challenger is he that moueth the quarrell, and he offereth the quarrell that giueth the in­iurie, whether it be by worde or deede present or farre off: and for that the other shall not preiudice the matter with the maner of writing, the writing first or last is no matter at all. But I haue seene it disputed amongest the wisest sorte of Gentlemen, that cartelles of demen­ties or giuing the lie, beeing heere and there cast a­broad, euery one did defend for themselues to bee the first that published, pretending amongest themselues, that he who was the first that wrote hast the best aduan­tage.

And because wee haue spoken of supersticerie, which is not onely considered in respect of the aduan­tage of weapons or of persons, but for respect of priui­ledged places, or the sight of the prince, where it is not lawfull for one that he maye freely shewe his griefe.

Heere one may aske me what hee ought to do, if in the presence of the Prince, one will giue mee outragious wordes? An answere in the view of the Prince, To this I will alwaies thus aunswere, that nei­ther, he ought to let passe the repulse by the lye, nor the Prince ought at all to take it in disdaine, for hee ought rather to bee tollerated that giueth another a repulse of an iniurie, then he who doth it. and hee that beareth that in his presence an iniurie should be done me, of a greater reason ought to beare that I defende the same: but yet so, and with such reuerence must he answer the same by aduenture, as the same may seeme full of mo­destie. And this I will now saye, that so much the more I holde my selfe bound to answere, by how much that I know that he that did me iniurie, is accounted of the Prince, before whom I may be accused: but heerein I prescribe no lawe to any body, but onely shewe mine opinion, which whosoeuer followeth, shall doe hono­rably and for his reputation: whom it shall not like to followe, let custome stand in stead of lawe. And now turne to saye, that Princes ought more patiently com­parte the discharge, then the charge that another hath giuen in his presence.

A conclusion touching the Chal­lenger and the Defender, and of the wresting and returning back of the lye, or De­mentie.

TO come to the ende of this Treatise of De­menties or giuing the lie, and to conclude the question of the Challenger & the De­fendant, seeing alreadie wee haue determi­ned, that hee to whome the lie is giuen for repulse of an iniurie, he is properly the Defendant. To the ende that more cleere contentment therein may be giuen, we are verie diligently to examine the lawfull dementies of lies, and by this examination remember our selues (if it be conuenient) of those things which before wee haue treated of, and of their manner, and principally of the proper nature of the Lie, the which is to put backe the iniurie▪ and when it doth not this office, it becommeth of it selfe an iniurie, and with another lie the same may be repelled: and vpon this consideration, I saie that the Lie maie be giuen in the affirmatiue, and so vppon the negatiue, and sometime it falleth out, that vpon the af­firmatiue it cannot be giuen, and sometime vppon the negatiue it hath no place, and so consequentlye both heere and there beeing giuen, it maie bee wreasted and sent backe, and yet it may bee giuen both in the affir­mation and negation in the same quarrell, without that [Page]it may bee subiecte to anie repulse of either of the par­ties.

And heere of each my opinion, I will giue an example, The Lie lawfully giuen vpon the affirmatiue, is such as before wee haue set downe more than in one manner. One sayth of another, that he is a rebell vnto his Lorde, he who answereth, sayth that he lyeth. This lie cannot bee auoided, beeing that it is giuen in the repulse of the slaunder which is layed vpon him. But if I shoulde saie of anie man, that he were an honest man, & one should giue mee the Lie vpon these wordes, in this it requireth not repulse but an iniurie, and I may saie, that he should lie that thinketh that I shoulde lie. Now is it his parte to proue that he is not an honest man, as well by reason I gaue him cause of iniurie, as also that it is presumed of euerie one that hee is honest, if the contrarie cannot be apparently proued: and whosoeuer sayth that another is vnhonest, must proue his fault therin committed, for the which hee ought not to bee esteemed an honest man.

Now let vs passe ouer to the Lies which are giuen vpon the negatiue, whether they bee lawfull, or law­fully maye bee turned backe or no: as if one shoulde saie of mee, that in some matter of armes or fighting I did not my duetie, and I shoulde aunswere him wyth the lie, the same shall bee a most lawfull aunswere: for that in that speech, that I had not doone my duetie, hee putteth on my backe no small burthen of infamie, wherein it shall bee most lawfull and conuenient that I shoulde discharge my selfe with the lye, and heere the repulse of an iniurie beeing the lye, and the pre­sumption beeing in my fauour, and that a man must [Page]not presume of another, but that hee doeth his duetie in all respectes, whosoeuer goeth about to giue mee that blame, to him it appertaineth to bee esteemed Challenger. But if one saie that hee hath not fayled in his loyaltie to his Lorde, and I shoulde aunswere him that hee lyeth, hee maye saie vnto mee, thou lyest in that thou sayest I lye, and with great reson it maye bee sayde, hauing aunswered mee so, for hee not dooing iniurie vnto anie bodie with those wordes, nor anie man ought to presume that another shoulde bee dis­loyall, that with the lye which I giue him, I doo not defende my selfe nor anie other of anie iniurie, but go about to outrage him, when hee maye lawfully returne backe that lye, and I come directly to bee demen­tied, and so consequentlye muste become Challen­ger.

Now it resteth that wee shewe vnto you the exam­ples of these cases, in which in euerie and the selfe same quarrell, both vppon the affirmation and nega­tion you maye giue the lye, that neither of the one side nor the other there is anie meanes or waie lefte to giue them the repulse, and it is thus.

Two Gentlemen or Caualiers are brought to the steccata to fight, there are weapons presented vnto them, vppon the which they reason and debate be­tweene themselues whether they be to bee refused or no, so long that the daie is passed with out comming to the battaile or fight, there dooth arise a question heerevpon amongest them, whether they bee refused or no.

This man whosoeuer hee bee sayth, that wyth reason they might bee refused, doeth charge him [Page]that brought them, and hee who sayth that they maye not be refused in reason, chargeth him that refuseth to fight with them, and therefore the taske being giuen as well on the affirmatiue as negatiue, the lie may accord­ingly bee giuen, and no more the affirmatiue than the negatiue may it be wrested or sent backe, being both in the one and in the other manner giuen for repulse, and not of anie iniurie. And thus much maye suffice to bee spoken of this subiect, seeing that of the other manner of Lies, how they ought to be giuen, & which of them may be wreasted, and which not, therby appeareth that they are fully demonstrated which are lawfull: & those knowen, it followeth consequently to knowe who ought to be accoūted chalenger. And so (God be than­ked) we finde that almost we haue dispatched this mat­ter, no lesse vneasie (as it is sayd before) to be handled & vnderstood, than necessary to be knowen of all caualiers and Gentlemen.

Of iniuries rewarded or doubled.

HEere yet there resteth a new question, yea, euen in the Challenger and De­fendant, which wee will not let passe without some declaration, and this is in such cases, as when on the one parte they speake, and on the other they an­swere with iniurious wordes, and that either they reply the same, or doo adioyne vnto them others, of which I haue made this title of requited iniuries or redoubled.

For requited iniuries I vnderstand, when one replieth only the iniury that was giuen him, and doth adioyne nothing thereunto: as thou are a theefe, a theefe thou art. The redoubled I call those, when one is not con­tented to haue saide to his aduersarie the selfe same wordes of outrage, but doth ioyne thereto an other or more, as if I should say to another, that he is a false mo­nie maker, and he should say to me I am so, and an ho­micide withall: vpon these causes the writers of Duel­lo moue manye questions, whither vpon them there should be any fighting or no: and if they should fight which should be Challenger and which the Defen­dant: heerein to shew you that which I think, before I will speake thereof any thing at all, I do adiudge him an ill brought vp gentlemen, who feeleth himself to be charged with any blot of infamy, shall not be as wel at­tētiue to take away that, as to seek with like or greter in­iurie to slaunder his aduersarie, that he ought with a lye put backe that which shalbe spoken to him, rather then either reply the same, or multiplie any other in words: and so doing, two commodities will followe him, the one that with the lye he shall charge his enemye with that dutie to bee Challenger: the other that hee shall make himselfe knowne a person farre from iniurious intention. But if the case happen in any of the formes aforesaid, there is somewhat to be marked how a man must behaue himselfe therein. I say therfore when one calleth me traitor, and I say thou art a traitor, & do not thereto only ioyn any word that hath not the force of the lye, no combat is to follow: An iniurie no thought. and if hee come to re­plye, the same iniurie many other times, it shalbe as [Page]much as if an iniury once repulsed, there is no more repulse to be spoken of.

But if it should be answered, thou lyest that sayest I am a traitor, for that thou art the traitor: I doe not see wherefore the combate should not followe heere, for with these words I haue discharged my selfe with that he charged me, and laide vpon him the slaunder of traitor, which is that I send back the iniurie done to me, and iniurie him with the repulse thereof, binding him to his proofe: and although he should replye, but thou lyest thy selfe that I am the traitor, for all this hee is not discharged, but answered to that iniurye that I gaue him: and because the lye was giuen of me in time, it will haue the greater reason, and is required at his hand to proue the truth of his speech: but hauing called me traitor, I should answere him, thou art the traitor, and hee afterwarde subioyne thou lyest: now the case of Challenger will come vpon me, because he dooth not staye himselfe vpon the firste iniurye, but answereth to that I saide to him: and now to me there remaineth no more meanes to binde him to the proofe, beeing al­readie with the lye giuen me made Challenger. Nei­ther can it be saide, that that answere, thou art the trai­tor, hath so much the force of a repulse, as of an iniury: for that the repulse standeth in the negatiue, and if the negatiue haue not the force of a lye, it chargeth not: and that being answered Traitor, the iniurie with a lye may be put back lawfullie, that although it be true, that an iniurie once wrested will not permit any more wri­ting: it is to be vnderstoode that there is great diffe­rence betweene the wresting & repulse: with the wre­sting, [Page]I say to thee that thou saiest of me, but with the repulse I giue thee not that blame that thou giuest me, but onely doe free my selfe thereof, charging thee with no blame at all, but with the dutie to prooue that thou hast saide, and that that which I say should be so: if one should say that I am a theefe, and I should answere him that he lyeth, this shalbe tearmed iniurie, and not wre­sted, but repelled: and if to one of these lyes which we haue shewed before, which haue the nature of an iniu­rye, an answere should be made to them by another lie, this shalbe called wresting. And this is a true resoluti­on, and so to be approued and followed according to the stile and order of Gentlemen and Caualiers. And that which I haue saide of rewarded iniuries, I saye the same of the redoubled, that hee must not bee tearmed Challenger by the multiplication of iniuries, but must be ruled by the lye, hauing saide to you before that about question of words, the proofe of the lawes are appointed to the iniuryer, and not to the iniured: true it is, that when neither of the one side nor the other the lye is, hee shall not remayne without some blame to whome the same was firste spoken, how manye or great soeuer they be.

Nor that is not to bee taken for good aduise which is set downe by some writer, that if I should call another Traitor, and he shoulde answere that I am a Traitor, a Theefe, a robber by the high way, I shoulde subioyne I will prooue it to thee with my weapon, that I am neither Traitor, Theefe, nor robber by the high waye, but that thou art the traitor thy selfe.

What a foolish enterprise shall this be of mine, that ha­uing the meanes to make me Defendant, will make my selfe Challenger, Quarrels must be simple. and offer my selfe to the proofe. Be­sides, what an ill kinde of proceeding should mine be, to come to the determining of so many quarrels with one battaile or combat, the same not being to be gran­ted for diuers things together: for it may come to passe in the one they maye be true, in the other false: and so fight for the one with reason, and the other without: a­bout which, those that will forme quarrels ought to be wel aduised: and if they be not rightly framed, the Lord before hee giueth licence for the fielde, must reforme them, or at the least prouide that when the gentlemen or caualieres bee conducted thither, that their godfa­thers in capitulating, giue them a conuenient forme.

That straightwaies vpon the Lye, you must not take armes.

NOw if in the discourse about the lyes which we haue made, it is concluded that the lyed, which is he that hath the lie giuen to him, is to be Challēger, we doe not say therefore that is to be vn­derstoode, that presently for the lye a man should runne to his weapon: for the triall of the sworde being doubtfull, The sword and ciuile proofe. and the ciuile certaine, the ci­uile is that way by which euery man of reckoning and reputation ought to iustifie himselfe. For he ought to [Page]be esteemed honorablest, who with certain proofe ap­proueth his honor, then the other that with an incer­taine testimonie, doth think to answere his reputation. But I see amongst Gentlemen to be noted such an a­buse that they thinke themselues to haue committed villanye, to attempt any other meanes than by the sworde: wherein how much they deceiue themselues which thinke so, I will say nothing else at this present, but that the ciuile profe is the profe of reason, & fight­ting but the proofe of force: and that reason is proper vnto man, and force of wilde beastes. Leauing the ci­uile proofe and taking the armes, we leaue that which is conuenient for men, to haue recourse to that which is belonging to brute beastes: which peraduenture Gentlemen would not doe very often, if they vnder­stoode wel their dutie, and when they would wel con­sider that it is no lesse the parte of a Caualier to know, to put vp well his sworde, then well to drawe it out.

Those therefore which think they haue the lye duly giuen them, ought if they haue meanes by the way of reason to proue their saying, they ought by the same I say, proue it, and not follow the other way of armes, if thereto they be not constrained by necessitie, and so as they could not by any other meanes iustifie them­selues.

Those other which are offended for that they haue not the lye duelye giuen them, those maye wrest the same, or by some meanes lightly reproue it.

Of the forme of Cartels, or Letters of Defiance.

WHen Cartels are to be made, they must be written with the greatest breuity that may be possible, framing the quarrell with cer­taine, proper, and simple wordes: and spe­cifying whether the cause was by woord or deed, you must come to the particulars of the same, shewing well the persons, the thing, the times and pla­ces, which doe appertaine to the plaine declaration thereof, so that one maye well resolue to the answere: for the Duello being a forme of iudgement, as in the ciuile, criminall, and in action of iniury, a particular set­ting downe is required: no lesse can be saide of the iudgement belonging to Gentlemen and Caualiers, theirs being of no lesse force. And he that shalbe Chal­lenger, shall call his partie aduersarie to the field, hee that shalbe the Defendant, shall ioyne thereto his lye.

And in such manner of writing, the least eloquence and copie of woordes that maye be must be vsed, but with naked and cleere speeche must knit vp the con­clusion.

And this I say principally of the Defendant, which with superfluous speeche most commonlye confound themselues, and in that they are not content to haue re­pelled the iniurie with the lye, and will set downe the field, and saye that they will defend their saying with their weapon: which thinges are not onelye superflu­ous, [Page]but dangerous, because when one hath giuen the lawfull lye, certaine, and particular, so incontinent is he to whom the lye is giuen made the Challenger, and the proofe belonging vnto him, it is in him to chuse what way best liketh him to proue his saying: whether it be ciuile, that is by law, or by armes: and mine aduer­sary choosing the proofe by armes, the choyse of them commeth vnto me.

Now if I giue the lye, and afterward set downe the proofe of armes, I enter into his iurisdiction, and doe the office of Challenger: whereupon it is most reaso­nable that mine appertain to his, and seeing that I haue elected the proofe of armes, the election of them doth not remaine to him: for it is no reason nor honestye, that I both call him to armes, and also take the choise of them.

And here I must adioyne another thing, that albeit that ordinarily he that hath the election of armes, is ac­counted the guiltie or Defendant, I should saye that the same should cease in this case, that if peraduenture by speaking of armes I happen to preiudice my selfe in the election of them, for all that the quarrell dooth not alter; but he that hath accused me of any default, is to proue his saying, & not I to proue my repulse: & ther­fore we say, that by the force of the iniurye done vnto me, and by me put back, he is to be Challenger, and I for hauing called him vnto armes, do lose the election of them: wherupon it followeth that he must be forced to proue his intention with those armes which shal be elected by himselfe.

And although it seemeth to me superfluous to remem­ber it, yet for that it is a thing not to be passed in silence, [Page]for that it is oft to be considered, because there must be alwaies had in regard, what words they vse euery time they speake of the fight: and the proofe and maintay­ning are taken in the same sense or signification, and do appertain to the Challenger: where the Defendant ought not to put forth himselfe, but to defend and su­staine: and if he should offer to maintaiaine or defend, he should become presentlie vpon the same to be chal­lenger. Of the answeres which are to be made vnto the cartels, there is no more to be saide, but so much as is spoken alreadie. In the giuing of the lye, the answers yet may be ruled and ordered, and that when vpon the lye there happeneth no disputation vnto him that re­ceiueth it, there resteth nothing but his iustification, ei­ther vnto the proofe, or satisfaction of the iniurie.

And heere I will not stay to tell you, that it seemeth vnto me a most gentleman-like thing, in all manner of writings to speake honourably of his enemie, for so a Gentleman or Caualier doth honor to himselfe, shew­ing thereby to haue quarrell with an honorable per­son: whereas otherwise, hee dishonoreth himselfe, and sheweth himselfe rather to haue minde to fight with the pen then with the sworde.

Of the manner of sending of Cartels.

GEntlemen were wont to send a gloue for a defie, and with fierce wordes did dispatch the same, when they came vnto the fight: for it was not then a­mongst them esteemed peraduenture any aduantage to bee Defendant, not vsing that (I cannot tell what to tearme it) wittie or ca­uelling kinde in election of Armes, which in these our daies are accustomed. The electi [...] Armes is cauelling. Afterward came the custome of sending of Cartelles, in which manner of proceeding there was much difficultie and newnesse, and diuerse offences to bee carried. Lastly, the publication is taken vp, the which is more sure and more readie, chiefely the Lordes hauing seene the multiplication of quarrelles, haue prouided that in their states no cartels maye bee presented, which beeing so effectually brought to passe that euerie one of them doth vse it, it leaueth no occasi­on to speake many wordes vpon it: Thus much I saie, that as Cartels are published, & in assurance thereof the daie intimated and notified, then there is no place lefte of excuse or alledging of ignorance. And by this means all manner of hiding the matter, and all other euasions that might haue beene vsed in the time of appresentati­on are cleane taken awaie.

This I shal saie more, which I haue touched before speaking of the foolish lies, that when anie man whoso­euer [Page]shall giue me a lie present, and without aduantage of weapons or of men, if then I do not answere him, to come afterward to publish a Cartell with the Lie, I can not hold my selfe satisfied: for not being charged with out anie supersticerie, and I not answering the same, & going about a farre of to answere him, I do in a manner confesse that I am not a man to stand face to face wyth him, and thus by my deeds consent that he is superiour to mee, howe shall I by writing equall my selfe to him, and my opinion is, that such a lye shall neuer be coun­ted lawfull. Truth it is, if I doo not aunswere presently the iniurious wordes, I am not of opinion that therfore another time I shal be barred to make my answer to the same, and to him that gaue them mee, onely this, that I must so holde the same, that thereby I take not any ad­uantage in the doing of it. And if one shall bee so lame or weake, that answering it is seene manifestlye that the other without anie paine may hurt or offend him: to this man it may bee lawfull to seeke assured meanes to aunswere. And so in all matters of iniurie which are committed with supersticerie, although they be spoken to a mannes face, it is a thing cleere, that aunswering by writing, and by the waie of publication, is an answering to one most legitiuely, and when the other with ano­ther supersticerie should aunswere him it, that answere shall also be lawfull.

After the defie it is not lawfull that the one Gentleman should offend the other, but in the steccata, which is the place of Combat.

AFter that the one hath called the other to the battel, as well in the requirer as the required, it is not lawful that either may of­fend his aduersarie anie more, for that that request or calling bindeth gentlemen to the ordi­narie waie: and although there shoulde arise amongest them questions or strife, they must obserue this rule, for whi­lest this question doth hang, no other thing is to be in­nouated. And if either of them should assault his aduer­sarie in this time, he is to bee esteemed, adiudged, and declared a breaker of faith, and amongest other Gentle­men from henceforth, in anie other quarrell to bee re­fused and put backe. And this censure is so vniuersally approued, that I neede not endeauour my selfe to con­firme it anie farther.

When one doth call another for an offence done vnto him by a third person.

IT happeneth sometimes that one of­fended with another mans words, or otherwise, maketh another strike him, or gaue him the bastonado, ought he that is striken to bee called Challen­ger, or else the striker? vnto which de­mand we haue a readie answere. That as the ciuill laws doo proceed as well against the one as the other, so in such case the combate beeing permitted, a Gentleman ought to proceede as well against the one as the other of them.

True it is, it is sayde, that when the one hath to en­dure, and the other endured, that when the thing is no more but manifest, hee that is offended ought not to leaue the certaine for the vncertaine. And beeing assu­red that he is oppressed of some body, his doubt or pre­sumption doeth not make him apte to require another person of estimation before he doo discharge himselfe of him that oppressed him, and be offended against him that hath with hand offended him, and ouercomming him, it is cleere that hee remaineth discharged. But to kill or ouercome him that required him as principall Challenger, I doo not see how hee is relieued or eased, for the other may alwaies saie that hee strake me, for his [Page]owne particular interest, that the proofe of Armes is an vncertaine proof, but the stroke is certain, in such case the blame or griefe will still remaine vpon him­selfe. Wherevpon I resolue to saie, that the manifest deed of the offence, and not the occult author of the same is to be called. And this assure againe, that al­though there are some shewes of them, a man maye also doubt whether they may be false, but there is no doubt of him that is the offender.

What is to be done if question rise vpon the quarrell, or vpon the person of the Challenger.

MAny times if falleth out, that one calleth another vnto the fielde, and therefore must accept the defie, but aunswereth the same with some ex­ception, obiecting either that he did not vnderstand the quarrell, or that it doth not touch him, or that the caller is infamous, or hath other charge, or is not of lyke condition, or such lyke. In which case there is nothing to say, but that it is necessarie before wee passe anie further, that such difficulties bee made cleere, and the meane to cleer them is, that the gentlemen submit themselues to the iudgement of some prince or noble man tru­sted [Page]on both partes, and chosen of both the parties, and accordingly as they do censure it, so the quarrell to be left or followed. And be it that the one wil not accept the proposed iudgment, the opinion of gen­tlemen shall bee of him, if he were Challenger, that the oppositions made were iustly made to him, and if he were Defendant, that hee had an vniust quarrell to defend. And when the Challenger should be the man that shoulde refuse the iudgement, to the De­fendant remaineth nought else to doo, but to stand vpon it firmely: truely yet when the Defendant shall auoid the determination, then it appertaineth to the Challenger to proceede further, hauing shewed or sent him the letters patents or of the fielde, hee hath more to do, he must send them him, & notifie them, requiring him that either hee accept the one, or send backe the others, or else let him choose one of them with protestation that if hee do not accept the same, or refuse to send, hee doeth cause him to vnderstand that she shall auoide it, and is to accept such an offer, specifieng one of his patents and letters, and that in conuenient time hee shall finde him in that place or field to make an end with his weapon of the quarrel if hee shall bee there, otherwise with all disdaine and contumacie hee shall proceede to his infamie, wyth those clauses which shall bee necessarie for such an effect. And this is both a Gentlemans course and reasonable order of proceeding, for if there were not such an order of proceeding founde out, for e­uerie one that woulde finde out meanes to auoyde all calling into the fieldes, most men would refuse all [Page]fighting, & iudgement, & the required shall remaine mocked without anie remedie. And this remedie is lawfull to be vsed when the Defendant doth flie the iudgement thereof, that the same shoulde be chosen of both the parties by cōmon accord: for when the quarrell is contested and cleere, no matter now stan­deth to be determined on, for there remaining anie one Article to be determined on, they cannot binde another to accept it, nor to send patents or letters of the fielde, for that hath his time and place when all controuersie is past, and that done, then there resteth nothing but to come to blowes.

Whether the subiecte ought to obey his Soueraigne, being by him for bidden to Combat.

THis doubt is often moued by them that write of this matter, concerning which Gentlemen are resolued, that for their Prince and Soueraigne they will glad­ly hazard their liues euen into greatest daungers, but their honour will they not in anie case suffer to be spotted with disgrace or cowardise, wher­by they are growen into this custome, that beeing challenged to the combate, or vnderstanding or perceiuing that others meane to challenge them, or else intending and resolued wyth themselues to [Page]challenge others, they will retire into some secrete place, where it shall not consist onely in theyr Prin­ces power, to forbidde, or staie them from it, and so laying aside all respect either of their Princes fauour or losse of goods, or bannishment from their Coun­trie, they take the combate in hande. And whosoe­uer shoulde doo otherwise amongst men professing Armes, shoulde bee iudged to haue greatly empay­red his credit and reputation, and dishonoured him selfe in high degree.

Also he should bee esteemed vnworthie to con­uerse with Gentlemen, and if chance he should chal­lenge anie man afterward, he might deseruedly bee repulsed, & lawfully. Which manner and order be­ing confirmed by long custome, and vniuersally ap­proued and helde for sterling among knightes and Gentlemen of all sortes, I thinke it needles heere to trouble my selfe with aunswering all such friuolous obiections as diuerse make that haue written of this subiect whereof some alleadge the ancient descrip­tion of warre, wherein it was not lawfull for anie souldier to combate against the commandement or without speciall leaue of the Generall: for they con­sider not the difference of the cases, which is greate, seeing it is another matter to be in an armie, where a man is bound to attend to especiall enterprises, and to bee idle at home. Besides this, there is also muche difference betweene the defiances vsed in auncient times, and oures, which being in no vse or custome, & scarse knowen vnto the Romanes, how could they make any lawes or take any order concerning them?

Furthermore, those Gentlemen or Souldiers that in ancient time challenged one another to the com­bate, beeing of contrarye armies, and enemie one to the other, (whom these writers alleadge against vs) were induced to seeke the tryall of armes, for one of these two causes: either for that the decision of the whole warre was agreed vpon by both parties, to be committed to some fewe of eche armie, as it fell out when the Horatij and Curatij tried their valour for the whole armies: and in this case it is most necessarye that the election of cōbatants should apertain to the superiors & cheefe gouernours: neither can it by any reason be lawful for eche one to take any such enter­prise in hand that is willing to doe it, or else for profe of their valour: in which case also no Souldier ought to goe to the combate without licence, neither doth any burthen or charge remaine vpon him, if he deny the combate, for that hee is to vse his valour in that warre not according to his owne pleasure, but his vnto whome hee hath sworne his seruice and obedi­ence, without any respect of particular interest: yet it may so fall out, that a Souldier being burdened with some especiall quarrell concerning his reputation, ought so much to regarde the same, that he ought to abandon both the armye, his countrie and naturall Prince, rather then to suffer it to passe vnanswered. Concerning which point, I will say as much as I can presently call to remembrance.

True it is, that if there rise any quarrell betweene two gentlemen of two aduersary armies, they ought not either to challenge, or answere a challenge with­out the authoritie of their Generall: for that with­out [Page]his leaue, it is not lawful for any man to haue any intelligence or dealings whatsoeuer, with any in the enemies Campe: but if that the quarrell were such, that either of the parties should be dishonored either by delaying the challenge, or not aunswering the same, then ought he whose honor and reputation is in danger of staine, to enlarge himselfe as much as in him lyeth, from that subiection hee is in, and bring himselfe into the waye whether the safegarde of his honor inuiteth him. Insomuch that among Gentle­men this opinion is currant, that if a man were in some Cittie besiedged by the enemie, and could not obtaine leaue of the Gouernour to come foorth, hee ought to leape ouer the walles, to goe and defend his honor. Yet will I not deny, but that if a mans country or naturall Prince should be interessed in the matter, he ought to haue a respect both of the one and the o­ther: and especially when a great parte of the quarrel should concerne either his Countrie or Prince: for that thē the maner of proceeding therin, ought to be platted by their counsaile and aduise. But in all other cases, when the matter onely concerneth a mans own interest, then ought not any gentleman be backward in challenging, or answering the challenger: and in no case either vpon commaundement, or vpon any penaunce whatsoeuer, refuse the combat.

Neither according to my simple conceite, ought any prince to look for any thing at his subiects hands that may empaire their reputation, or woorke their dishonour.

How Gentlemen ought to accept of any Quarrell, in such man­ner that they may combat lawfully.

THey that maintaine any quarrell, vse most commonly to vndertake the com­bate with such intent, that howbeit the cause of their quarrell be iust, yet they combate not iustly, that is, not in respect onely of iustice and equitie, but either for hatred, or for desire of reuenge, or for some other particular affection: whence it commeth to passe, that many howbeit they haue the right on their sides, yet come to be ouerthrowen: For that God whose eyes are fix­ed euen on the most secret and inner thoughts of our harts, and euer punisheth the euil intent of men, both in iust and vniust causes, reserueth his iust chastice­ments against all offenders, vntill such times as his in­comprehensible iudgement findeth to be most fit and seruing to his purpose.

Wherfore, no man ought to presume to punish a­nother, by the confidence and trust which hee repo­seth in his owne valour, but in iudgement and triall of armes, euery one ought to present himselfe before the sight of God, as an instrument which his eternall maiestie hath to woorke with, in the execution of iu­stice, and demonstration of his iudgement.

If therefore any man violate the [...] of my wife, sister, neece, or kinse-woman, I ought not or may not call him to [...] of the [...], to the end that I may be reuenged of him. Nor if any one should proue disloyall to his Prince or Countrie, ought I challenge him to the combate in respecte of the ha­tred that I beare him, or to obtaine fauour at the Princes handes, or to purchase honour in my Coun­trie, or if any of my kinsemen or freends were slain, maye I challenge the murderer to the fielde, in re­spect of the kinred or freendship I had with him, but my intent ought to be such, that howbeit I had not beene especially offended, and no particular affecti­on or respect should induce me thereunto, yet for loue of vertue, and regarde of the vniuersall good and publique profite, I was to vndertake such a com­bate. For I ought in all particular iniuries present vnto mine eyes, not the persons either offending or offended, but rather fall into cōsideration how much that offence displeaseth almightie God, and how much harme may ensue vnto humaine kinde there­by. And for adulterie ought a man to combate, not as to reuenge the wrong done to one particular per­son, but in regarde of all, considering how holye and religious a bond matrimonie is, being a lawfull con­iunction instituted and ordained by God, to the end that man and woman therein should not as two, but one person, liue together in such manner, that no­thing except death only might seperate and disioyn them. Wherfore perpending the dignitie and wor­thines hereof, and how that by adulterie this deuine ordinance and institution is violated, matrimonyall [Page]coniunction infringed, and lawfull procreation cor­rupted, euerye Gentleman ought to vndertake the combate, not so muche to reuenge himselfe, or his freends, or to thastice or punishe the offenders, as to preserue and keepe from violence a bond so sacred and inuiolable, with sure hope, that God, who (as S. Paul saith) will iudge the Adulterer, will by means thereof giue most seuere iudgement.

In like manner, if some man haue mis-behaued himselfe in any matter concerning his prince or cun­trie, each Gentleman ought to thinke, how that God hath ordained and authorised Princes to be aboue vs, to the ende that vnder him they may as his mini­sters and officers gouerne vs his humble flocke, how that nothing beeing move gratefull and acceptable vnto God, then good gouernment among men (who assembled together, and liuing vnder the same lawes, beare themselues orderly, gouerning their liues and manners aright) we are not so much bound in dutie towardes any, as towards them that are as it were lieutenantes vnto almightie God in earth, for so I call our princes and gouernors: and towards that assemblie & congregation of mankind, vnder whose lawes we are borne and bred, I meane our Countrie, and how that no greter wickednes can be committed than for a man to rebel against him whom God hath ordained Lord and gouernor ouer him, or to wrong him vnto whome he hath giuen his faith, or to betray that citie vnto which hee is both for his liuing, bring­ing vp, & many benefits besides infinitly beholding. In respecte whereof, I saie each Gentleman hauing [Page]considered and weighed all this, ought as a publique plague, and not as a particular enemie, to persecute him that committeth any of these odious excesses: calling him to the triall of the swoorde, confidentlye hoping and trusting with assured faith, that God will chastice and punish him that hath so greeuouslye of­fended both him and his people, violating his sacred ordinances and constitutions. And for the same rea­son, if some man haue committed murder, hee that will combate with him, must not doe it to this ende, onely to wreake the death of him that is murdered, in respect that he was his freend or kinseman, but he ought to call to minde what a noble and excellent creature man is, who being taken away and brought to naught by murder or slaughter, the fairest and no­tablest woorke which almightie God hath framed, is marred, and spoiled. Insomuch that whosoeuer com­mitteth murder, dooth dissolue and breake the most perfect peece of woorke that the creator of heauen and earth hath made, and defaceth the image and likenes of God. And for that God in his sacred law ordeined, that man-slayers should be carryed from his alter and put to death, the partie that will com­bate, knowing how greatly his diuine maiestie is of­fended with this sinne, ought not to vndertake the combate, because he would kill him, but because hee might be as it were, the minister to execute Gods de­uine pleasure, and most holy commaundement.

By these examples maye a Gentleman perceiue what ought to be doone in all other cases, so that it shall be needles for men to seeke examples for eache [Page]offence, troubling both my selfe and the Reader. In the meane time, take this by the way, that whatsoe­uer I haue heere saide of the Challenger, is also in the same manner to be vnderstoode of the Defen­dant: insomuch that both the one and the other ought to regarde the preseruation of their honour and innocencie by iust meanes: the one neuer chal­lenging but with iust cause and vpright meaning, and the other neuer accepting any challenge, vnlesse hee know himselfe to be guiltles: and in such sorte, that he may take it with a good conscience, as to doe or performe any action that concerneth his honor, to liue and dye in defence thereof. For, as it is shame­full to doe any dishonorable act, so is it more shame­full and opprobrious to maintain the same, and stand in defence of it.

And againe, a man finding himselfe innocent and wrongfully dishonored, ought not to feare any dan­ger, but to venter his life at all times, for the righting either of priuate or publique wronges: in all things, considerations, and circumstances, hauing a speciall regarde vnto iustice. For God giueth right vnto him that is iust, and ouerthroweth the vniust: whosoeuer therefore shall take armes for iustice to repell vniust iniuries, may be assured to preuaile, and with an vn­dismaied courage goe about what he vndertaketh.

OF INIVRIE, OF the Charge, and of the shame.

WHereas I haue before sufficientlye intreated vppon the qualitie of Lyes, and shewed the nature of them to bee to returne injuries, per­aduenture some wyll meruaile why I should againe speak thereof in this place, seeing that the iniurie must needes be before any returne, which (though I confesse) bee out of order to reduce it vn­der this title, yet in diuerse respects I haue bene mo­ued thereunto, as namely, for that I finde a verie ill custome generally followed in quarrelles, where by contempt of right course and law it selfe, Gentlemen are rashly carryed to take weapons in hand, not con­sidering first if it bee a lawful quarrell, or such as may deserue a Combat, nor doo they euer desire to bee directed by an orderly proceeding. But Gentlemen of discretion ought first before they enter into armes rightly to examine the quality of their quarel, if it be worthie the proofe by weapons, and by this meanes [Page]make a right introduction to the truth, so as men bee not rashly lead on to the slaughter. Again, the ground of all quarrels betwixte Gentlemen is this, that they thinke themselues iniuried or charged, whereof my purpose is chiefly to intreate, so farre forth as I shall thinke it needfull.

To beginne then with iniurie, Iniury. it is nothing else but a thing done without reason, as (as we vse to say) wrongfully. Charge. And Charge is no other but an inforce­ing of a man to returne, or to prooue or reproue anie thing alledged, which is so tearmed by this name, be­cause that the lawiers affirme, that the charge of pro­uing resteth on the Challenger. He that is ged. Whereby it appea­reth that the man charged ought to be the Challen­ger: and touching these two wordes, it is to be vn­derstood that sometime both iniurie and charge are at one time done, and sometime charge without in­iurie, and a man maye also iniurie and not charge. Touching the first thus it is, I am charged by one with an offence I neuer committed, wherin he doth me iniurie, Iniury charge. because hee doth vnlawfully seeke to de­fame me, and then laieth the charge on me, in that he forceth mee to seeke to returne the iniurie, and make answere to his opprobrious wordes, vnlesse I would suffer my selfe to be shamed. Charge wi [...]out iniurie Whereupon I giue him the lie, and so discharge my selfe and come to charge him, which setteth me free, & bindeth him to main­taine his wordes, which is as much as to vrge him to challenge. Wherefrom we are to note, that I onely charge him without iniuring, because my answere is but reasonable, and so the charge resteth on him, as I [Page]sayd before. Iniurie without charge is of two sortes, viz. of wordes and of deedes. Of wordes thus, if one man should speak anie thing of another, which were manifestly knowen to bee false, to this he should not bee bound to aunswere, because the first without a­nie returne woulde bee accounted a false accuser and a lyer: and in mine opinion, it is a more honourable reputation for a man to bee silent in such a case, than by aunswering to seeme to make any account of the wordes: as a noble worthie man sayde vnto a Gen­tleman that had slaundered him, that hee would nei­ther holde him a friende nor an enemie, not yet an­swere his wordes, reckning him vnworthie to bee wel spoken off by an honest man, and too base a sub­iect for a man to speake euill off. But if in case of such shamefull and false wordes, a man shoulde bee vrged and giue the lie, it is more than is requisite, as a thing whereof a quarrell ought not to be taken, for quarrels are to testifie a truth, and where that is once manifest, the quarrell is not required.

Iniurie by deeds without charge is, when a man by aduantage or such lyke meanes offereth a wrong, and it is euident that such a facte was villanouslye doone, and this iniurie I account doone without charge, in such lyke sorte as that was by wordes, be­cause that if hee that is iniuried woulde demaunde the other a reason of his villanie, howe coulde he o­therwise maintaine it vnlesse by alleadging that the other had taken aduauntage of him, or doone him some wrong. And if this bee so, what needeth far­ther proofe? But perhappes some man wyll aske me [Page]if in this case hee shoulde put vp this iniurie without reuenge? To whome I aunswere, that Combat was ordayned for iustifieng of a truth, Combat no [...] ordayned fo [...] reuenge. and not to laye o­pen a waie for one man to reuenge him of another, for the punishment of suche thinges resteth in the Prince for the maintenance of peace in the realme, which if it shoulde bee seuerely executed, no doubt but there woulde bee fewer quarrelles by many de­grees. And in troth, the offence is the greater in this Realme, where wee knowe God, and heare his Go­spell dailie preached, which expreslie forbiddeth manslaughter: by howe much that hee that killeth maketh a massacre of the verie true image of the li­uing God.

Wherefore we ought onelye to feare, reuerence, and obey him, and not follow our owne vaine appe­tites, which carrie vs headlong into vtter ruine and destruction. But to returne to reuenge, he that needs will followe it, ought to take another course then combate, albeit many no doubt will aduise a man to returne like for like, which in no case I would not wish should be followed. But many perhaps that are rather ledde by an ill custome than reason, wil won­der at this I haue alreadie alleadged, because heeraf­ter I will also affirme, that where an iniurie is shame­fullye doone, not onelye the iniuried is free of the charge, but the iniurier resteth wyth the shame, for in matters of chiualrie, where a man committeth no shamefull, dishonourable, or vile facte, hee can­not truely bee sayde to haue doone vnlyke a Gen­tleman: and mee thinketh it an vnpossible thing [Page]to auoide receiuing iniurie from another, therefore when anie thing happeneth which a man cannot e­scape, it ought to be iudged shamefull. For a shame­full thing is, where a man committeth villan [...]e which was in his power not to haue done: From what a man ought to [...]efrayne. as for example, I haue power in my selfe to refraine from iniuring an other, from committing wicked facts, from breaking my promise, from committing treason, which things if I obserue not, I bring vpon my self the greatest in­famie and shame that possibly anie man may bring on himselfe: his then ought the shame to be that hath doone this beastly act, and not his to whome it was done. Which may be yet farther confirmed by this argument: that where a man proceedeth not lyke a Gentleman, he sheweth a cowardly feare in himself, not to dare to maintaine it in equalitie against him whome hee sought to haue wronged. The iniurye is his who doth it And touching this opinion, auncient men before vs haue sayd, that the iniurie is not his to whome it was doone, but his who doeth it. Againe, my opinion is that in case of some former quarrell, he that doth anie dishonest in­iurie may be denyed the Combate, as one that hath before committed a defect, and hee that receiueth it ought (as the case may be) to bee receiued alwayes, supposing alwayes that this defect of him that iniuri­eth is manifest. And I wyll not omit in this place to speake of an ill custome vsed nowe a daies, which ought no lesse to bee confuted by reason, Hee is dishono­red that doth a­ny ill act. than it is commonly followed with great affection, which is, that when a man knoweth himselfe to haue rightly receiued the lye, by and by to auoide the proofe, hee [Page]seeketh to giue the bastonado, or such lyke fact, and many times turnes his backe and runnes his waie, to the ende that hee that is iniuried may not presently take reuenge, and in this sort he thinketh to be valy­antly discharged, which lykewise the common sorte doo verily iudge, and doo not perceiue their errour, and how grosly they are deceiued. The reueng ought to be done honor For first of all, if for honour sake I would doo anie thing, I am to doe it honourablie and lyke a Gentleman, and not villa­nously and lyke a traitour: nor must I thinke that a shamefull fact can grace or disgrace me, but must rest assured, that the charge don me by another is yet still vpon me, and that I bring a greater shame vnto it by this dishonourable deede. Next, if I cannot commit a more odious thing in combat than to runne away, how may I thinke to haue done honourably by run­ning awaie? And wherefore should not hee bee ac­counted of all sorts of Gentlemen more honourable from whom I runne, than I who runne, albeit I haue done him some great disgrace: for to iniurie another is no honour, and to runne awaie is a shame. Who he is th [...] offendeth in [...] ill sorte. There­fore I will neuer be perswaded, that a man that hath iustly receiued the Lie, can by anie such act discharge himselfe, or that hee is not bounde to prooue that whereon hee receiued the Lie, but that hee ought to bee the Challenger: and this opinion do I holde vp­pon the reasons before alleadged, which mee think­eth a Gentleman ought sooner to followe, than a blinde opinion of the vulgar sorte, which hath in it neither lawe nor reason. And I woulde wishe Gen­tlemen by these rules to examine the causes for [Page]which a man intendeth to fight, & first to vnderstand the nature of quarrels if they deserue Combat, or if they maie otherwise be answered than by the sword, and not to be perswaded by intreatie or fauour of a­nie, to agree to vnnecessary quarrels, because that be­sides the offence towardes God, it is an iniurie to a man to draw him to fight that is not bound, and it is also a wrong to the magistrate before whome such controuersies ought to be decided, intruding them­selues into their office and function. Nor yet may we allowe a quarrell vppon euerie Lie, as I haue at large shewed in my discourse of Lies: and wee maye also note here that a Lie lawfully giuen, is that which ma­keth the charge, whereby the other is bounde to the proofe simply, and not to the proofe of Armes, be­cause (as I haue sayde before) in such a case where o­ther proofe may bee made than by weapon, the Lye doth not onely not binde a man to the Combat, but euerie Gentleman is bound to desist from the triall by Armes, and to relie on the triall by reason.

I must also adde heereunto, that euerie Lie where­of a man cannot make iustification by ciuill lawe, doth not yet by and by deserue combat. For I would not haue anie thinke that there is such efficacie in a Lie to binde a man to fight, as it seemeth some holde opinion, which in deede proceedeth from a corrupt vse of certaine that haue beene before vs, who for want of vnderstanding, Duello is not neces [...]arie vp­on euerie Lie without law, reason, or right course of Chiualrie, in the beginning dyd giue ly­bertie to infamous persons, to require the Combat, (as men desirous and willing to beholde others in [Page]fight) as if it were at the baiting of a bull, or some o­ther wilde beast, whose successours imitating theyr predecessours, haue brought these thinges to this passe, as generallye it is holden, that whosoeuer hee bee that receiueth the Lie, bee it vppon whatsoeuer occasion, hee is presentlie bounde to discharge him­selfe thereof onely by his swoorde, and not by anye other meanes. Which disorder beeing thus farre proceeded, ought no doubt to bee carefully redres­sed, that Gentlemen maye bee reduced from theyr erronious opinion by the selfe same waie and means that they fell first into it. And to the ende that men maye bee rightly perswaded, The Lie doth not leade a man to fight. I saie that the Lye is not the thing that induceth fight, but the occasion whereupon it was giuen, and if there were no proofe of the defect whereof a man is blamed, that hee can in no sorte binde the other to fight, because the re­garde ought to bee to the qualitie of the iniurie, and not to the Lie.

But I am sure some will account this opinion newly vpstart: to whome I aunswere, their custome and opinion is farre more newe, and that mine is ra­ther to bee proued auncient, because no law can bee found, that commandeth a man for the receiuing of the Lie to fall presentlie to fight. but all those lawes whereon the Combat hath beene graunted, haue ex­preslie reiected the occasions, amongest which, no mention is made of the Lie: and this is the true and auncient custome approoued by the lawes of the Lombardes, and by the institutions of the Empe­rours.

And if a man ought presently to fight vpon the Lie, it is vaine that the Lombards and other Princes after them, haue taken paines to set downe the particular causes for which a man ought to fight, and those al­so for which it is not lawfull to fight: so as I conclude that in all cases a man ought with greate iudgement and circumspection behaue himselfe wisely.

For what causes Combats ought to bee graunted.

SO greatly different is our custome now a daies, from the orders & laws of the first institutors of Duello, as if a man shoulde go about to reduce them into particular cases, it were not onely a trouble to some, but a verie impossible thing: for which cause I will one­ly treate of that which I shall iudge meetest by a ge­nerall rule to bee obserued, and include all combats vnder two heads.

First then, The causes of Duello. I iudge it not meet that a man should hazard himselfe in the perill of death, but for such a cause as deserueth it, so as if a man be accused of such a defect, as deserue to bee punished with death, in this case Combate might bee graunted. Againe, be­cause that in an honourable person his honor ought to be preferred before his life, if it happē him to haue such a defect laid against him, as in respect thereof he [Page]were by lawe to be accounted dishonorable, and should therefore be disgraced before the tribunall seate: vpon such a quarrell my opinion is, that hee is not to be denied to iustifie himself by weapons, pro­uided alwaies, that hee be not able by lawe to cleere himselfe thereof, And except a quarrell be compre­hended vnder one of these two sortes, I doe not see how any man can by reason or with his honor, either graunt or accompanye an other to the fight.

Moreouer, The dutie of gentlemen [...] such Gentlemen as doe counsaile or accompany a man, ought to be iudges of the quar­rell, for vnto them it belongeth cheefely to knowe if the quarrell deserue triall by armes or no, if the per­son be suspected of the defect laide against him, and if there be presumption thereof. But if these thinges be not well iustified and proued, the combate ought not to be admitted, because that the profe by armes being ordained, as a meanes to sift out the truth, as in ciuile iudgement, where the proofe is reasonable and certaine, no man can be put to torture without due information, and sufficient witnes, much lesse ought it to be doone in the iudgement of weapons, which perhaps may fall out to be as little to reason, as very doubtfull.

Againe, those Gentlemen are to vnderstand if the quarrell haue been vndertaken heretofore by any of the parties to be proued by lawe, or otherwise: The quarrell [...] sayed at the ci­uile law. and then whether it be proued or no, it is not lawfull af­terward to bring it to combat: besides, they are dili­gently to consider, Ciuile Pro [...] if it may be iustified by any other meanes or no. And if in case it may be done by law, [Page]weapons are not to be allowed: for if by ciuile cause cōtrouersies are remitted from one iudge to another, as actions more belonging to one then to another, much rather is the like to bee doone, from the iudge­ment of armes, to ciuile law, seeing the inequality is much the greater: An oath re­quired. and vpon these two last articles these gentlemen ought to take oath of him that de­maundeth the fielde, and without iustification there­of, there is no reason to graunt it to any man: which thing is so muche the more to bee obserued, by how much it is a common case, that men are moued to fight vpon such quarrels as might be ended by ciuile law, and whosoeuer is once challenged the fielde, it is accompted a shame for him to refuse it in which case the vulgare opinion is, that it is not manlynes in a gentleman to stand vpon reasons.

Moreouer, if happilie in cartels there be any men­tion made, that not withstanding he could proue his intent by ciuile testimony, yet he inten deth to doe it by weapons, this I say is a very great abuse, and Gen­tlemen ought to take oath of infamy, that is, that they doe not require the fielde maliciouslye, or with a minde to infame another, but onely for proofe of the truth, and this oath hath beene ordeined and put in practise of men long agoe. And we must also adde, that those gentlemen ought fullye to bee satisfied by oath, from thē that demaund the fielde, if that which they pronounce, be their true quarrell, because many times some men will not stick to determine to them­selues one pretence of their fight, & yet make known to the world another, which abuses gentlemen ought diligently to take heed of, because many times such [Page]malice hath been discouered. Touching all such mat­ters whereon anye controuersie or dissencion maye growe, men ought specially to beware, not to be self-willed, but are rather to take counsail and aduise both of their freends and experienced men, and if there be cause to iudge this course necessarie in anye mat­ter, it ought cheefelye to bee in such cases, wherein a mans life and honour is touched, for we see that euen the wisest sorte to study and endeuour by all meanes possible to furnish themselues with men experienced and seene in chiualrye and armes, that they maye bee counsailed and aduised by them, and may in such sort wish them to the field, as may best stand with reason, which office may onely be executed by learned men and gentlemen, wherof the first are tearmed counsai­lors, and the second Padrini: Padrini, are those that are chosen by the combators on either side. but if happily one man be seen in both, hee maye very well suffice to execute both offices, but because the charge consisteth principally on the Padrini, we will speak somwhat of them.

First then my opinion is, that they were so called, either because such gentlemen as had remitted them­selues vnto them, ought to account of them as their fathers, or els that this mutation of letters is deriued from the latine, which termeth those patrones, Patrones, Padrini. Pattini. which take vpon them the defence of another: some also cal them not Padrini, but Pattini: which if we wil allow, it must be, for that they do make the matth of the cō ­bate: but howsoeuer they be called, or whencesoeuer their denomination be deriued, they are very neces­sary, and their very office is to defend, as aduocates do their clients: and as this is their duety, so me thinketh they deserue no lesse priuiledge then aduocates doe.

And therefore as in ciuile controuersies aduocates are not to satisfie or paye anye parte of that wherein their clyents are bound or condemned, There ought no controuersie to arise betwixt the Padrini. so in reason the other oght not to be charged to the field in those quarrels, wherein they are but as it were proctors, for the iniuries, the lyes, the cartels, and challenges, that are alreadie past betwixt the principalles, and the Pa­drini speake but as procurators, which is as much as if the principalles themselues spake: and if happilie the principals should haue any words together after the quarrell concluded, yet new charge or lies should be of no force, which if it be betwixt the principals grā ­ted, much more ought to be to them that speake for them, which as it is reasonable, so is it to be obserued for the better conseruation of the right vse of chiual­ry, and to the end euery man may freely execute his function, which thing I note, because it happeneth sometimes, that such men take vpon them to be Pa­drini, who doe it more to take holde of a newe quar­rell, then for the defence of their gentilitie. And this is a wonderfull abuse, as it hath been shewed before, as also for that the nature of Duello is rather to re­straine a man, than to giue him libertie, beeing verie vnmeete: then vpon one combate should still ensue another. In which respect gentlemen ought strictlye to obserue this rule before: and as oft as it happeneth to growe anye quarrell betwixt Padrini, gentlemen ought to condemne it as vnlawfull, The dutie of gentlemen. and seeke by all meanes possible to preuent such dishonest actions.

That men should not fight with­out weapons of de­fence.

THe opinion of our ancients is, that whē ­soeuer any man is licensed to the Com­bate, in al other cases, except for infide­litie, hee is to fight with a staffe and a Buckler, wherby I conclude, that duel­lo was not instituted for the honor of chiualrie, as our late combators haue wrested it, but onely for the sif­ting out of the truth, which was not doone with the weapons of a Gentleman, but with a staffe: and ther­fore to goe about to reduce our customes now a daies, to those of former ages, were more ridiculous then possible to be done: but I will onely treat of the weapons belonging to Gentlemen, which I thinke meetest for Combats.

Firste therefore it is to bee vnderstoode, that the wisedome and discretion of a man, is as great a ver­tue as his magnanimitie and courage, which are so much the greater vertues, by how much they are ac­companied with wisedome: for without them a man is not to be accounted valiant, but rather furious▪ nei­ther is hee valiant that rashly and without aduise ha­zardeth himselfe in great matters, or endaungereth himselfe most: but hee that aduisedly behaueth him­selfe in actions belonging to a gentleman, and where [Page]a publique benefite or his owne honor requireth it, doth not retire himselfe from danger: for (as a Philo­sopher well saith) neither is he valiant that is afraide of euery bugge, nor yet he that doth not temper his feares.

Againe, as the courage of the minde imboldeneth a man to assault his enemy, so wisedom teacheth him likewise how to defend himselfe: so as I will neuer holde him couragious, that will be led to fight with­out sufficient weapons of defence. And albeit the common sorte thinke the single Rapier in the shirte, or the poniard or such like weapons, wherein there is a manifest iudgement of death to one, most honora­ble, neuertheles I am not of that opinion, nor will I account them that enter the combate in such sorte more honorable, then wilde beastes that wilfullye run vpon their own death.

And touching such as think it an honorable thing not onely not to esteme their life, but voluntarilye to runne on their death, I will account their life at a very lowe and base price, seing they themselues set no greater reckoning on it.

It is helde a most shamefull matter, if when the custodie of a Castell shall be committed to a man, hee shall without licence forsake it: and shall wee that haue our liues lente vs in keeping from our cre­ator, haue no respect of so goodly a receptacle of our soules, but wilfully destroye it, making our selues as it were, rebels vnto God, and so bring both bodye and soule to perdition?

Moreouer, if a Gentleman goe to the warres, wee [Page]see him so esteemed of as hee is in shewe of his ar­mour▪ and therefore I see no cause at all that a man should in publique matters seeke to be well armed, and in priuate quarrelles come naked: and me thin­keth a man should at all times and in all places shewe him selfe valiant and desire the victorye: which if it be granted, they should likewise in al mat­ters of moment prepare themselues armed.

And if Gentlemen will haue this respect of curte­sie towarde their enemie, as to giue him weapons wherewith he may end the controuersie: I thinke it reason they should be such as may arm him, and not burden him.

The dutie of euerye Gentleman, is to temper his courage with wisedome, that it may be knowne, that neither he setteth so highlye by his life, that for safe­garde of it, he will commit any vile fact, nor yet that he so slightlye regardeth it, as that without iust cause he will depriue himselfe thereof: albeit I doe not ac­count it a dishonourable act, to come armed like a man at armes, if the weapons be such as belong to a Gentleman, and hurt not a man priuilie.

Again, I would that armes should incōtinently be vsed, and that a man should not then enter the com­bate, when the time is for him to leaue: and aboue al, that the weapons of defence, were both weapons of armes and warre: and if so be a man would fight with weapons only of defence, the gentlemen should in no case admit it, but that they should fight like gentlemen, as it hath been many times done.

Touching the choice of your weapons, and of the [Page]inequalitie of them, The aduantage of the Defen. dant. and the imperfections of the bo­die, the Defendant hath great aduantage, and it is not without iust cause, for seeing hee is both accused and constrained to fight, it is great reason that hee should haue all the honest fauour that might be, and it is no little honor to him that in case he onely be not ouer­come, hee is accounted the vanquisher: where con­trarily, the Challenger is to ouercome, vnles hee will altogither loose the quarrell, whereof there is great reason, because to the one it appertaineth to prooue, and to the other it is sufficient onely to defend.

Likewise, it is as great a fauour that hee hath to choose the weapons, which is also very meete, for if a man choose to call me to fight, the election of the weapons is mine.

In this choic it is certain, that there is not the liber­ty giuen, as is thought: for this parte also, as all other partes of duello is grounded vpon reason, and if wee will be nyce to see how a man is authorised to make the choyce, wise men are of opinion, that gentlemen should receiue their sentence of weapons from di­uine iudgement, if in case the iustification cannot by other meanes be made: How to ap­point the wea­pons. and if they will haue the be­nefite of that, it is necessary that they abandon all vi­olence and deceite, which (as Cicero saith) are the pro­perties of the Lyon and the Foxe, and farre from the nature of man.

Now if these things should in the whole course of our life be helde and perfourmed, much more should they be desired in the sifting out of a truth, and in the direction of iudgement.

And touching violence, me thinkes the law hath well prouided, by giuing the aduantage of the wea­pons to the Defendant, which if it were not so, eue­rie naughty man would embolden himselfe to make wrong accusations, and vrge euerie man of lesse strength to fight, perswading himselfe to be able to beate him downe to the ground. But seeing the law hath so well prouided against this, seeing that deceit (as the same Cicero likewise affirmeth) is worthie of much hatred, it is a commendable thing that it is so. For in the choise of weapons, it belongeth to vs to make some lawe for the Defend [...]nt, which should be such, as he should not vse anie deceit in, nor graunt such wepons as fit not with the disposition of a mans bodie. For albeit a man maie saie that wee are natu­ly apt in all exercises to vse both handes, yet it is ma­nifest, that vse dooth ouercome nature, to make vs right or left handed. And therfore if I shall be know­en to be right handed, I cannot force my aduersarie to fight with a weapon for the lefte hande, seeing the disposition of my bodie is not such. And if I haue no defect in my arme, or my thighe, or legge, I cannot come to fight with vambraces or such lyke harneis, for those partes, which hinder the bending of the el­bow, or of the knee, for this is an apparent deceit and ought to bee refused in the Combat, and the Padrini ought not to admit such weapons.

If in case I be lame or hurt in one of mine armes, or my hands, or want an eie, I may verie wel appoint my enemie such weapons as maie in lyke sorte bind his legge, his arme, or his hand, or that may hide one [Page]of his eies, but yet if he bee lame of one arme, I maye sure appoint him such armour as may hinder the o­ther that is sound.

And to conclude, if it be lawfull for me to appoint such weapon or armour to mine enemie as may hin­der him in the same sort that I am hindred, yet I must not hinder him vnlesse my selfe be also hindered: as thus, If I be blinde of my right eie, and he of his left, I must not therefore also hinder his right eie, for this is not to make equalitie of my wants, but to take his whole sight from him.

Likewise a right handed or left handed man, or a man weakned or maimed so of his hand as he cannot well close it, or that wanteth a finger, whereby hee is not able to holde his weapon in his hand, in my opi­nion, is not to be constrained to fight with his imper­fect hand, but may lawfully and iustly denie the chal­lenge, which is also to bee vnderstoode of all other members and lims, so as it is requisite that all things be guided with reason and iudgement for both par­ties, that it doo not appeare that that which is done, is done for reuenge or to infame another, but onely for the iustifieng of the truth.

Of the time for Duello.

THe time appointed for Du­ello hath alwaies bene twixt the rising and setting of the Sunne, & whosoeuer in that time doth not prooue his in­tent, can neuer after bee ad­mitted the Combat vppon that quarrell. And in case the day be spent without any combat, it cannot be remit­ed to the daie following without the consent of the Defendant, who being challenged for that daye, and appearing there, hath performed all partes of his ho­nour and dutie (vnlesse thorough anie default of his the combat was not attempted) and is farre from all matters touching that quarrell. But it is not sufficient for the Defendant onely to consent, except likewise the Lord that granteth the field do condescend ther­vnto: for hauing once admitted the field in a prefix­ed daie, that being past, he is discharged. Againe, such may the case be, as the first daie being gone, the com­bat may bee lawfull on the second daye, but without newe conditions, in ordinarie course wee are to ob­serue that which we sayd before.

Of accidents that happen in the Combat.

AS I haue alredie begun for to treate of Duel­lo , so I doo meane to prosecute it, according to our vse now a daies. First then after that the Combatters are ente­red the lists, if they haue no further agreement betwixt them, which of them so euer shall happen to touche the railes or bounds, or shall haue anie part of him out of the lists, is not to be accounted neither prisoner, or ought he to haue that member cut off, but the fight is to conti­nue to the death or flight, or til it be forbidden▪ But if any of them go out of the lists, he is become prisoner: if his horse be wounded or slaine, or if anie part of his armour breake, he is not to be supplied. And if he let fall his weapon out of his hand, it is lawfull for the o­ther to wound him vnarmed, I saie lawfull in this re­spect, that it is accounted an honour to the other to bid him take vp his weapon, and to staie from hurt­ing him til he haue recouered it again: albeit that in case the victorie should afterwarde happen to the o­ther, whereas hee might first safely haue ouercome, [Page]he shoulde bee accounted a foole, and verie well ser­ued.

These things I account ordinarily to be obserued vnlesse it were otherwise agreed vpon, which condi­tions are to bee helde inuiolable vnder the paine ap­pointed: and albeit no punishment were alotted, who so euer should doo contrarie to the agreement, were to be helde a traitor: which agreement lykewise is to bee with consent of both parties, wherein one man cannot binde another to accept anie condition that is without the limit of the lawe. I thinke it necessarie to set downe that the Chalenger is to giue the first as­sault, for whereas he is to proue, and the other but to defend, it is plain, that if he begin not, the other is not bound to stirre a foot, yea, and whatsoeuer he should attempt before hee should perceiue the Challenger comming to assault, were meere superfluous. Again, at the enterance of the Combatters within the listes, let it bee proclaymed, that no man vnder paine of death speake a word, nor make anie signe, which if it happen to bee done, ought seuerely without fauour to bee executed, as one that intermedleth in a matter of life and honor of other men.

If Gentlemen beeing in the Lists may repent them of the Combat.

ANother question is held, whether Gen­tlemen brought into the field may re­pent them of the combat, which I per­suade my selfe wil neuer happen twixt honorable persons: for howe canne a Challenger repent him of the ending his quarrell without perpetuall shame and dishonour, and neuer to be allowed to require battel of anie other, because he proued not that to be true for which he once vn­dertooke weapons. I woulde wishe euerie one that thought his quarrell vniust, not to take it vppon him, and rather than fight against a truth, make full satis­faction to the iniuried, which should bee doone in a zeale and loue of vertue: for the standing obstinate in his purpose vntil the time that he come to haue his weapons in his hand, and then recant, mee thinketh, it argueth a most vile and wicked mind. And I do not see how this repentance can come from the Defen­dant, except he bee content to giue ouer the quarrell and acknowledge himselfe such as hee was accused for. Which (as I sayde of the Challenger) hee might doo with lesse shame before hee tooke weapons than after. And whensoeuer without farther satisfaction [Page]they should come to agreement, doubtles the Chal­lenger should receiue the shame: so as I see not how such a case should happen: but if it should be, my opi­nion is, that if the quarrell were of a matter belong­ing to the Prince, or in another mans interest, the ho­nour ought to constraine them to fight, or to make manifest the truth of the fact: but if it were touching their particular causes, it might bee licensed without Combat, but not without shame.

Whether Gentlemen may in the Listes chaunge theyr Quarrell.

I Cannot passe ouer another doubt, which is this: Two men fighting to­gether, the one saith, Defend thy self traitor. And the other aunswereth, I grant thee the first quarrell, and I do now fight with thee vppon the se­cond. In which case I think it cleere, that he to whom the quarrell is refused, is the victor, & yet if the other ouercome in the second, he is lykewise to be account­ted victor. But notwithstanding, my opinion is, that [Page]neither of them can with honour depart the lists, but that they are both blame-worthie as dishonourable Gentlemen, taking vpon them to fight in vniust qua­rels, which must needes bee presumed by both their losses, for the victorie of one cannot take awaie the losse of the other: wherefore in this lyke case, hee that would take holde of a new quarrell, should not saye, I remit thee the first, but onely thou lyest in saying I am a traitour, and vpon this heereafter I will defende my selfe, and then if he chaunce to ouercome in this, it cannot bee saide that he hath lost the other, but the presumption shoulde bee fauourable on his side, for if his aduersarie haue had the worst in one, it is to bee presumed the like in the other: but he to whom it be­longeth better to fight on the first quarrell, shuld not condiscend to the second, but answere, that hee wyll make an end of the first, and afterwards speake of the rest. And where the other hath remitted him the first, he is to take aduantage therof, and to demand of the Lord of the field the patent of his victorie, and not to fight anie more, nor should the Lorde himselfe suffer him to fight againe. And this is as much as I thought good to speake of that which appertaineth to the Gentlemen.

Now will I come to the office of the Lordes of The fielde, who if after the Letters of the field are dis­patched, the gentlemen wil either in the field or with out it change their quarrell, may at their pleasure re­uoke those letters, & forbid them the battell, because they are not bound to grant the field but vppon that speciall quarrell which was referred vnto them, and [Page]whereupon they graunted their letters, whereby also for this cause it should not be, vnles the quarrel were expressed in the patents.

Againe I say, that if the Gentlemen change their quarrell in the listes, without assent of the Lords, and that one be slaine, the Lords ought to punish this fact in the slaier, as man-slaughter, hauing kilde a man in his iurisdiction, without the priuiledge of a free field, for the fielde is not to be accompted free and priui­ledged, but onely for that speciall quarrel wherupon it was graunted: except some men may saye, that the Lord perceiuing them to vndertake a newe quarrell, and not forbidding them, seemeth by his silence to consent: which I will neither affirme, nor deny.

Who is not to be admitted to the proofe of Armes.

FOrasmuch as Duello is a proofe by armes, which appertaine to gentle­men, and that gentry is an honoura­ble degree, it is not meet to admitte proofe by armes to any but to ho­norable persons, and therfore as be­fore ciuile iudges it is not permitted, that infamous persons can accuse anye other, so in the iudge­ment of gentrie, an honourable person cannot bee accused but by an honourable person: for how shal he be able to accuse another of any defect of ho­nour, [Page]that in the like is faultye himselfe: and whereas the vse of weapons hath been ordeined to an hono­rable end, for to punish the wicked, how can they be receiued to this office, that are worthy themselues of punishment?

Therefore it is to be concluded, that they are not to be admitted proofe by armes, who haue commit­ted any treason against their Prince or Countrie, or shall haue had conference with enemies, which may be preiudiciall to any of them, nor they who hauing been taken of the enemie, hauing meanes to returne doe not returne, or being sent as spyes, doe remayne with the enemy, or haue become spies on both sides, or such as hauing taken oath, or haue not serued out their full pay, do runne to the enemie, or not hauing taken oath, doe go to the enemie, at such time as both parties are in armes, for this fact is of the nature of treason, because that thou making semblance to bee in my fauour, and I trusting thee, when time is that I stand most in neede of thee, thou becommest a re­bell against me.

Moreouer, such are to be denyed the fielde, as in battaile haue abandoned their leaders or ensignes, or either by night or day shall haue forsaken the gard of the enemye or Prince, that was committed vn­to him.

To these we may also adde freebooters, and all such as for any military disorder are banished.

Likewise, all theeues, robbers, ruffians, tauerne hunters, excommunicate persons, hereticks, vsurers, and all other persons, not liuing as a Gentleman or a [Page]Souldier: and in conclusion, all such as are defamed for anye defecte, and are not allowed for witness­ses in Ciuile lawe, are comprehended in this num­ber.

And of these I saye that not onelye they are to bee refused vpon challenging another man, but all honourable persons or Gentlemen should aban­don their companye, and whosoeuer should fight with them, should iniurie himselfe, making himselfe equall with dishonourable persons.

But it is very meete that hee that will refuse ano­ther vpon his infamye, should be sure that the other is faultie thereof, or that it is so apparant, as hee can­not deny it: for otherwise he should turne the quar­rell vpon his owne backe, and then shalbe forced to proue it.

And as it is not lawfull for such manner of men a­boue recited, to challenge another, so if they be once challenged, aduantage cannot be taken against them of in famie: nor is it meete to accept a mans excuse, that should say, he knew it not before, for whosoeuer will challenge another, ought aduisedly to consider, that he bindeth himselfe to such matter as hee must not repent himselfe of.

But I do not include in this, that if after the chal­lenge, he should commit any infamous act, whether he were Challenger or Defendant, he should not yet be refused. Moreouer, if an honourable person, should challenge a defamed person, or contrarywise he being challenged by a base person, should accept of the challenge, which is not onely an act of priuate [Page]interest, but a preiudice to the degree of gentrye: in this case it is the office of the Lord of the field, not to suffer this combate to proceede, nor to graunt them letters of combat.

Touching those that doe not an­swere, or doe not appeare in the field.

WHen a man is challen­ged to the fielde, he is to answere by wepons and not by words, vn­les the challenger bee such as with reason he is to be refused, proui­ded alwaies that a man cannot by ciuile lawe defend himself, & that the quarrel deserue combate. But where these respects want, whosoeuer being challenged doth not answer, or without cause, dooth not accept the letters of the fielde, or accepting them, not hauing a sufficient ex­cuse, doth not appeare, is to be reputed dishonoura­ble in euerye man of woorths iudgement: and the challenger at a conuenient time is to appeare in the fielde, to vse the accustomed solemnities. For the day before the combat, the Padrino is to come before the [Page]Lord of the fielde, and tell him that his champion is come to proue his quarrell, and for that cause hee as his procurator doth appeare, to see if the contrarie party be come, and if he intend to capitulate or bring to passe, that they may be in the greater readines, a­gainst the next day protesting that his Champion is in readines, and is to beseeche the Lord of the fielde, to cause enquirye to bee made, if either hee or some bodye for him be present, and that if there be no no­tice of his comming, he will make open proclamati­on, that whosoeuer is there for the contrarye parte should appeare: for if hee doe not appeare, it shall proceede against him, as one contumacious, and that hath fayled of his dutye, which the Lord of the field is not to denye the other: and on the day appointed, hee is to appeare in the lists at a conuenient hower, where his Padrino offering him to the Lord, and shewing that his Champion is come to fight, is to make a newe instance, for a new proclamation tou­ching the quarrell, which hee is likewise to doe at noone and at the euening, and withall shall make shewe of his armour and of his horse, wherewith he came furnished to fight: whereby hee shall haue cause to accuse his aduersarye of contumacye, and to demaund that his Champion bee admitted to run the fielde, and to bee pronounced victor, and that the other bee condemned of contumacy, of failing, and vanquished in the quarrell.

And that hee pronounced vanquisher, maye vse such tearmes against him, as by the order of gentrye is permitted: all which thinges the Lord ought to [Page]graunt him: and the Gentleman shall go about the fielde three times, with an honourable pompe of his Horse and armour, and sound of Trumpet, and shall carrye with him the letters: which being done, hee maye likewise carrye the portraiture of his ad­uersarye.

And whatsoeuer hath beene saide of the Challen­ger, may the Defendant in like case doe.

What is to be doone vpon the al­leadging of any impediment, for not appearing in the fielde.

WE are now to consider what course is to be taken, if any gentleman do not appear in the fielde at the appointed time, nor doe not prooue a lawfull impediment that hindered him: in which case I affirme, that first [Page]if the impediment happen, at such time as notice might bee giuen thereof, before the contrarye party should appeare himselfe to the fielde, it is then to be admitted, vpon defraying the others charge and paines, and vpon the iustification to him of his law­full excuse, offering himselfe also at conuenient time to procure a new field, and to satisfie any losse which the contrarye party should suffer by meanes of pro­longing of time.

But if this let should fall out so suddenly, as in no sorte there could any knowledge be giuen of it, be­fore the very day appointed, yet is the excuse to bee approued, so as the impediment be lawfull, and then is hee likewise to defraie the charges of him that ap­peared: for if I make agreement with thee, to meete thee on such a daye at such a place, and for such a cause, and I be there present and thou bee hindered, whereby I am put to a new charge, there is no reason that thy commoditie should returne a discommode­tie and a losse to me. But excuses of lawfull impede­ment, should be great infirmities, tempestes, or waters that maye stoppe passage, the warre of a mans coun­trie, or Prince, or against infidels, and such like acci­dents, which any indifferent iudge may think lawful. Imprisonment also is a lawful excuse, vnles it be such as a man at all times may be freed of: for Gentlemen that are to goe into the field, ought by all meanes to auoyde euery occasion, that may hinder them from their intent, for whosoeuer in matters of honour dooth not seeke all that hee can to salue his ho­nour, or hath other respect at all than to his honour, [Page]maketh a great breach of his honour: and therefore whosoeuer should procure himselfe to bee com­maunded to staye by his Prince, is to bee adiudged as one that procureth his owne imprisonement.

Againe, I doe not allow it as a lawfull meanes to prolong time, if after a quarrell be once concluded, a man should take vpon him any newe charge of of­fice, for I would thinke this sought after to that end, and is not to be approued good, because that being bound in honor, hee is first to satisfie that, before hee goe about new matters.

And yet I graunt, that if in this meane time (be it by succession or good fortune) any lordship or great title should befall a man, by meanes whereof, his ad­uersarie that before was his equall, is now become farre his inferiour: in such case this accident is to be taken for a newe and iust impediment, not so much to winne time, as to fight in his owne person: for in this case the quarrell begunne, should bee perfour­med by a substitute or Champion, as wee tearme him.

In how many cases a man may ouercome in the Lists.

THe successe of fighting in the Listes may hap­pen diuerslie, for som­time it may be that the Combat enduring to the Sun set, the Chal­lenger may neither o­uercome the Defen­dant, nor yet bee ouer­come by him, in which case the Defendant is to bee adiudged the vanquish­er, and to be absolued of the blame obiected him by his aduersarie, and the Challenger shall bee accoun­ted the vanquished, and an ill Combatter, and maye be refused if afterward hee challenge anie man vpon anie other quarrell, but yet hee shall not bee the De­fendants prisoner, vnlesse hee shall ouercome him. And in this one case onely the Defendant fighting and not ouercome, doth ouercome the other Other cases are common both to the Challenger & Defen­dant, whereof one is in killing his aduersarie, another is, when a man yeeldeth, bee it in whatsoeuer kinde of wordes. A third is, when a man dooth expresselye disclaime from the quarrell, confessing himselfe ey­ther trulie accused, or to haue falselye accused: and [Page]last of all is the running out of the Listes. Of which sortes of loosing the fielde, euerye one is by so much the more shamefull, by howe much the mose I haue placed and set him downe in his lowest place or roome: and to bee slaine in the fielde, as it is lesse shamefull, so it is farre more daungerous and hurt­full.

It may also happen, that a man by strength maye ouercome his aduersarie or his enemie, and binde him, or in such sorte holde him in his owne power, as euerye one that seeth maye iudge, that if he will he may kill him, and thereby end the fielde: for holding him in such sorte, and requiring him to yeeld, and the other not agreeing, it is certain he may lawfully kill him: but if hee shoulde not kill him, and thereby the daie bee spent, it may bee doubted wha [...] iudgement should in this case bee giuen. But if the Defendant bee the better, there is no question to bee made, but hee is to bee pronounced vanquisher, although there coulde not bee so full a iudgement giuen of his ouercomming, as we haue spoken of be­fore. And if the Challenger shoulde bee hee that shoulde chaunce to haue the Defendant in his pow­er, the matter coulde hot so easily bee determined of. But in this case theyr Articles are chiefely to bee considered, which maye bee drawen in such man­ner, as without anie adoo at all the matter maye bee resolued. For if in them it bee expressed and sette downe, that the Challenger is not to bee helde van­quisher, vnlesse hee either kill, or make the Defen­dant denie his accusation, in this case hee cannot [Page]bee accounted vanquisher: but if it bee concluded, that the Defendant bee not accounted vanquished except hee bee slaine or denie his wordes, I woulde not then condemne him as vanquished: and yet I woulde saie that the Challenger had well dischar­ged his parte, beeing in his power to haue killed his enemie. And if the Defendant woulde renue this quarrell on anie other daie, I doo not thinke it in anie wise lawfull that it shoulde bee graunted him. And if in case there shoulde not bee anie wordes in their Articles touching this pointe, the one holding the other in his power, (as I haue sayde before) mee thinketh hee is lesse to bee adiudged and ta­ken to bee his prisoner than if hee had yeelded himselfe vnto him, and so voluntarilie to haue be­come his prisoner, but that hee shoulde bee sen­tenced to bee vanquished and ouercome, and the vanquisher were deuoutly and reuerently to bee e­steemed and honoured, as one that onely satisfieng and contenting himselfe wyth the victorie [...], dyd not seeke or desire cruelly to imbrue his handes in his enemies bloud.

Touching accidents that happen to the victorie of the Lists.

HEE that is ouercome in the Listes, is therevpon the others prisoner, and hee is to haue both his armor, gar­mentes, horse, and other furniture whatsoeuer, which hee brought with him into the Listes, as orna­ments for his fighting: and this is the right case in this matter, for the spoiles of the vanquished are the van­quishers Ensignes.

The person of the vanquished by an honourable custome hath ben giuen by the vanquisher either to the Lorde of the field, or to some other prince or no­ble man whome he serued or followed. Which cu­stome albeit I commend, and wish euerie one to fol­low it, yet I must confesse that the vauquisher maye if hee list, vse his owne discretion, and hold has priso­ner, which no man canne denie him, because hee is to serue him, but not in base offices, nor in anie other but such as belong to a gentleman: and the prisoners taken in the Lists may bee constrained to discharge the expences of the Combat, and they maye be ran­somed for money, euen as Gendemen taken in the warres.

The diuersitie of olde and new cu­stomes concerning the vanquished.

I Must not omit to tell you, that that which I haue before spoken of pri­soners, hath rather ben brought in by custome of Gentlemen since they began to enter quarrels vpon their honor, than by anie auncient institution of Duello. For by the lawe of the Lom­bards, he that was ouercome in fight, was hot geuen as prisoner, nor yet pronounced infamous for euer performing any after-quarrel, but diuersly sentenced for that fault whereof hee was accused. For, as it ap­peareth plainelye in writing, whosoeuer accused for manslaughter was ouercome, lost one of his handes: and whosoeuer was condemned of adultery, was ad­iudged to die. And touching the witnesses, who for consummation of their wordes did combat, the van­quished lost his hand, and his other companions dyd redeem their liues by mony: so seuerely did they ex­ecute the iudgement of their Duello. And our lear­ned men alleadge, that because this proofe is vncer­taine, albeit a man shoulde in the Listes bee founde in fault worthie to receiue punishment, yet hee were not to suffer death, but a mitigation ought to bee v­sed, [Page]giuing him some easier punishment. Which as they alleadge truelye and verie commendably, so is that custome of theirs to bee condemned, who in ca­se of Duello cause galowses to be set vp neere to the place, and doo immediatly hang vp the vanquished. But what greater punishment can there be, than that which our lawes do inflict vpon the vanquished, they doo not chasten them in the purse, nor in cutting off anie member, nor in theyr lyfe, but in that which to euerie wise man is more deare than all the rest, for they depriue him of his honour, for loue whereof there is no noble mind that will not spend his bloud. Those that issue vanquished out of the Lists, carrie a­waie so much the more shame, by howe much they came thether desirous of honour, and that not be­cause one man ouercame another, for of necessitie, two fighting together, one must be the victor, & (as I haue sayde before) the Challenger not loosing doth loose, so as hee is not dishonourable for beeing ouer­come, but because he is accounted a badde man that would take vpon him an vniust quarrell, and that hee would fight against the truth, which hee is chiefelye bound to maintaine. And therefore weighing and considering the greate daunger those men incurre that commit these things to the proofe of the sword, Gentlemen ought to bee more slowe in fighting, ex­cept great occasion vrge them, and vnlesse they bee certaine to fight vppon iustice, so as they may haue great hope to obtaine Gods fauour in it.

Touching the vanquished, and of the restoring of Honor.

AS I sayd before, so I will here again say, that the chalenger that doeth not ouercome his aduersarie in the Lists, doeth remaine the looser, not ha­uing proued so much as hee ought, and that hee may ne­uer after challenge anie: which is confirmed with this reason, that whosoe­uer prooueth not his woordes true, is to bee thought a false accuser, and consequently is regarded and e­steemed a badde man. And the lyke is also of euerie other man whether hee bee Challenger or Defen­dant, that is ouercome by force, or made to yeelde, or denie his wordes, or runne awaie, for hee can ne­uer after that time demaunde Combat nor bee al­lowed it.

But I knowe some that are of opinion, that if I ouercome one in the Listes, and afterwardes release him, if a newe quarrell or controuersie befall him wyth another, by my leaue hee maye challenge his aduersarie the Combate, whereto no man of anye reason or vnderstanding ought to consent. For if I ouercomming him shall haue condemned him [Page]as infamous, how can I allowe him fit to fight with a man as good as my selfe? And if hee challenge me, I shall refuse him. I cannot take awaie his fault that hath beene ouercome by mee, vnlesse that I confesse I ouercame him wrongfully, and so condemne my selfe of infamie: and if I cannot take awaie his blotte from him, I cannot make him equal with an honora­ble person: and therefore this opinion is wholye to be reproued of euerie Gentleman.

And as this restoring of a man to his honour, is by occasion giuen mee to speake of, it bringeth mee in remembraunce of the restoring which Princes were wont to make of treasons and rebellions doone against them, and such lyke faults. Wherein, to speak my opinion, I thinke well that albeit the Prince may after my treason committed, graunt mee fauour and pardon of my lyfe and goods, and giue mee ho­nour, and a thousande other fauours, yet shee can­not make, that that which is doone shoulde bee vn­doone, or that the ill fact past bee not an ill fact, or that I committed not anie treason, or that my soule is not defiled, and that I am not anie notorious vi­laine. And that Prince whatsouer that shall restore mee, ought neuer to trust mee, but shoulde rather still presume, that whereas I was once inueigled and drawen to betraye my maister, I will easilye be perswaded againe to the like: and euery honou­rable person should conceiue ill of me, and auoyde my company. And it ought rather to be saide, that I am restored to my goods, and the fauour of my Prince (if happilye she will take me into her fauour) [Page]than to my former honour, because that albeit my Prince restore me to all those degrees that she may, yet she cannot restore me to my firste innocencie: as for example: if I be good, she cannot make me bad, for it is not in her power to reforme my minde. Prin­ces cannot take from good men their goodnes, nor from the wicked their wickednes: for their power extendeth on their goods and person, but not on their mindes: my Prince may make me poor or rich, but not good or bad, for God onely hath power o­uer our affections. I conclude therefore, that if one that is restored from some notable and manifest villa­ny, would challenge another to combat, and that this other refuse him, I would iudge him to haue beha­ued himselfe honorably, and that in reason he might refuse him: for if (as I haue saide before) a Princes re­storing to honor is not lawfull, I will lesse think that a gentleman by licensing one ouercome by him in combate, can make him lawfull to fight with an ho­norable person.

But returning to the restoring which I spake of before vsed by Princes, my opinion is, that it ought to bee good in the children of traitours, and in the rest of their discent, as in those that ought not beare the punishment of others offences, especially seeing that those that are baptised, are by Gods lawes freed from the sinnes of their fathers.

Whether one once ouercome and afterward being vanquisher, may challenge ano­ther.

SOme men doubting whether one once ouercome in the listes, and af­terward challenged to fight, doe o­uercome, be to be saide that he hath recouered his honour, and if after that hee may challenge any man to the field: it hath been thought that by the honour of his second combating, he hath taken away the blotte of the first, but yet for the better conclusion, wee are to think that the first losse cannot be recouered by a­ny new combate.

And vpon this question I haue seene the iudge­ment of Alfonzo d' Auolos Marques of Vasto, which was this. The dutie of gentlemen is to preferre their honor before their life, and he whosoeuer goeth the looser out of the listes, sheweth that hee accounted more of his life than honor, and therefore albeit hee should afterward enter combate and ouercome, yet it is not to be saide that hee hath recouered his ho­nor, because it may be presumed, that hee came the­ther with an intent to trye his fortune if hee could o­uercome, and yet with a minde in all accidentes, to [Page]saue his life, because worse could not befall in honor then had done before, which hee had once lost. And whereas such presumption may be had of him, and that a man maye well thinke that hee came into the fielde with intent to do any thing, rather than dye, he is in no sorte to be saide, to haue reuiued his honour, that was before dead in the dust: but if afterward he would challenge any man, he ought to be refused.

This was the opinion of that gentleman, and this holde I for a gentlemanlike opinion, which euerye wise man ought to allow and follow: and this expo­sition is to be vnderstoode, not onelye of those who confesse themselues the loosers, or run away, but of those also who hauing had the charge of proouing, haue lost, by not satisfying the proofe: because that they being bespotted with blame of false accusers, by meanes of their losse, cannot be forced from fault of false accusation, for that they were afterward falselye accused: nor can they take away from themselues the presumption, to be accounted false accusers, if they should accuse any man, seeing they haue beene once before condemned in the same: so that in what sorte soeuer a man goe out of the lists looser, hee is subiect to the iudgement before giuen.

Againe, after that a man hath beene once ouer­come in the lists, euery honourable person ought to beware not to enter into proofe of weapons with him, as also with all other infamous persons: and the like is also to be obserued▪ albeit being challenged by an other the second time, hee should yet then ouer­come.

After the challenge, for some cau­ses the Combate may bee refused.

IF after an agreement of Combate betwixt two, one of thē should commit some de fault, which shoulde bring him into such infamy, as who soeuer were staind therwith, could not challenge another to the field, in this case he that had committed this fault, might bee refused by his aduersarie, as one that was growen worse in his condicion, and that had changed his nature from that which he was, when their quarrell was first be­gunne betwixt them.

But here is to be vnderstoode, that this new occa­sion for which a man may be refused the field, shuld be infamye, which a man by his owne faulte was fal­len into, as treason, false oath, or other notable mat­ter, and not any iniurie or charge done him by some other, which might require reuenge by weapons: for in such case, as the first which had a quarrell with him, might refuse him, as become worse in his con­dition, [Page]for the second should not refuse to come to combate with him with whom he entered into quar­rell, albeit he had receiued charge from any other. And there is no reason that a man should remaine charged of all handes, without any meanes to dis­charge himselfe. Therfore he is to take vpon him the second quarrell, and perfourming that with honour, he may and ought to follow the first.

But this is to benoted, that the refusal of a man for beeing become worse in condition, appertaineth to the Defendant, and not to the Challenger: for they that are charged ought to seeke to discharge them­selues, and not suffer that another man doe in any sorte take from them such occasion: and to be able to do this the better, let them follow this rule of reason, that whosoeuer is first in time, is also to be preferred in way of reason. And because that many times one contrary is to be gouerned by an other, I will also af­firme, that if a quarrell depending betwixt two, or the challenge being seene, and the letters of the field succeeding, if the on of them shuld come to such de­gree of estate & signorie, that the other were now no longer his equal, then might he refuse to be brought to the profe by weapons in his own person amongst the other: but yet hee is to perfourme that by his Champion, for the inequality of condition, is no oc­casion to break of the definition of the quarrell.

Of the inequalitie of noble men, and cheefely of commaun­ding Lords.

FOrasmuch as this subiect of challen­ging and defending, and of refusing and not refusing the fielde, is very large, and hath need of much con­sideration, I doe not see how a man may truly and fully determine of it, without speaking of the degrees of nobilitie, wherin I will not call in question what true nobilitie is, be­cause I holde it vndoubtedly to be vertue, and that he is truly noble that is vertuous, be he borne either of great or meane parentage, and that whosoeuer hath not this nobilitie of vertue, of whatsoeuer stock hee proceede, by how much hee descendeth from a more noble kinred, by so much will I account him the more base, not being able to maintaine and keep the honor left vnto him by his ancestours: for nobi­litie is seated in the mind, and by the mind it is shew­en. But (as I saide before) I intende not to dispute hereof, for hauing alreadie before shewen, that such as are defiled with infamie, maye bee refused from proofe by weapons: it is alwaies to be vnderstoode, that nobility is not without vertue, and my discourse is to be in this subiect, that I speake now of Duello, [Page]what the degrees of nobilitie are that maye exercise weapons, by which knights come to be equall or vn­equall: for albeit that vnder the title of Knightes, Kinges and Emperours, Gentlemen and Souldiers, be comprehended, yet there is such an euident ine­qualitie betwixt them, as euery man knoweth that a Gentleman cannot compare with a King, nor a soul­dier with an Emperour: and albeit this matter hath been diuerslie handled by manye, yet I purpose to speake now thereof after a mew and particular man­ner, according to the custome of degrees and wor­ship of our present time. First then I alleadge, that there are many waies, whereby we may consider the diuersitie of degrees: for concerning the place of dignitie, I will firste place those Princes that are not subiect to any other, which I will call soueraigne Princes: next to them feodatory Kings, and them I will call most excellent: thirdly, men right honou­rable, and after them such as are titled noble men, vn­der which title I will comprehend all the degrees of worship. These then we are vndoubtedly to account superiours to priuate Knights, and therefore as they are superiours to them, so are they twixt themselues vnequall: for both noble men are to giue place to the right honourable, and the right honourable to the most excellent, and the most excellent to the free and absolute Princes. Besides that, betwixt them of one and the same title, there may also be great inequali­tye, forasmuch as there is a great difference, for one right honorable or noble, to depend on a free Prince or a Prince feodatorie.

And the like consideration is to bee had of feoda­tory nobility, forasmuch as one man may assume vn­to himselfe the absolute power of a Prince, and ano­ther man can haue no greater authoritie, than as an ordinary iudge.

Besides, it is not the least regarde that wee are to haue, to their other qualities and mightines of signo­rie, as, if they haue vassales noblemen, or no: if they hold Citties, and multitudes of subiects, and great port, for all these thinges are to be respected, whether they be free Princes or feodatorye: whether they be moste excellent, or right honourable, or noblemen: whether they haue this honour of free Princes or of feodatory Princes: if they haue noble and honorable men feodatories, and if they possesse noble and great state: and if wee finde them not in some of these di­stinctions to be much different, wee are rather in the controuersie of armes, to esteeme them equall, then to admit one of them, to refuse the other. And be­cause there can be no greater difference, than one to be free, and the other subiect: and for that soueraign Princes are onely truely free, and all the rest in some sorte subiect, we must conclude, that as a soueraigne cannot be challenged the fielde by any man of ano­prince ther degree, likewise, those which wee haue tearmed moste excellent, are not to refuse combate with those that are tearmed right honorable: if they be equall in feodatory nobility, and not vnequall in other qualities.

The like is also to be held betwixt right honoura­ble and noblemen, so as their condition, as the great­nes [Page]and nobilitie of state, be not too much different: for I see no cause to except against any man in con­trouersie of chiualrie, not to be his equall, because one onely degree is different betwixt them. And as I affirme that one degree onely maketh no inequality, so I doe not allowe that one vnder the title of most excellent, may be challenged by one right honoura­ble, of like feodatorye nobility, but that concerning his degree, he is so farre inferiour vnto him: that in a­nother case he would not disdaine to receiue penci­on and pay of him. Neither yet will I saye, that one right honourable should fight with a noble man, al­though his estate be most noble: nor that one right honourable of great state, may be challenged by one noble, of small iurisdiction: albeit their feodatorye nobilitie be equall.

But I will say, that a noble man feadatory to a so­ueraigne Prince, albeit he be of lesse degree, may not­withstanding challenge one right honourable, that is feodatorie to one feodatorie, and hath greater signo­ries, for his feodatorie nobilitie doth satisfie the other inequalities.

And therfore I conclude in this point, that the in­equalitie of persons, is to bee considered from their titles, from their feodatory nobilitie, and from their states, and according as they are found to haue grea­ter or lesse partes equall, so are they to bee iudged e­quall or vnequall.

Heereunto I will adde one other thing, which is this, that albeit their other qualities were either equal or not much different, yet the quarrell might make [Page]great inequality: as if a prince albeit soueraign, would fight with an Emperour, for some thing that belon­geth to the Empire, in such case he might lawfully be denied, forasmuch as the Emperour by the condition of the quarrel, is true iudge therof, and consequently also without comparison of any superiour.

Of the inequalitie of priuate Noble men.

GEntlemen that are nobly borne, are either without any degree, or else beare office or dignitie, as gouern­ment of cities, embassages, or com­maundement in the warre: and tou­ching those that haue authority, ei­ther their office is for tearme, or for life: if for tearme, then vpon any quarrell to bee decided by armes, it may stay the execution of their office: if for life, and that his degree is such as maketh him superiour to the other, he may fight by his Champion. But if his office be not of such qualitie, he that hath the charge of it, is to endeuour the good fauour of his Lord, to graunt him without loosing his office, to satisfie his honor: and if he cannot obtaine it, hee is to abandon all things, and to resorte thither whether hee is chal­lenged, or whether his honour vrgeth him to chal­lenge another: for as a man is not bound to any thing more strictly than to his honor, so is the lesser to giue [Page]place to the greater.

Now in that a man is borne noble, he is equall to all Knights, that are of priuate condition: and albe­it that one man were borne of a noble house, or right honourable, being without iurisdiction, or successi­on of signorie, hee maye be challenged the fielde by any priuate Knight.

Moreouer, forasmuch as the art of warre is a no­ble exercise, and because manye meane men haue greatly aduaunced their houses by it, he that shal [...]x­ercise the arte of weapon, if he be without infamie, or doe exercise it without abuse, is to bee reckoned and accounted amongst noble men and Knights.

But I would not that any man should vpon this thinke himselfe made honourable, for hauing beene once in the warre, and for hauing taken pay, and ser­ued two or three moneths without euer drawing swoorde, or seeing enemy, or hearing sound of trum­pet, for this were as much as to dreame vpon the hyll Parnassus that he is a Poet, & the morning not finde himselfe so. It is expedient for any man that of vnno­ble would become noble, to get this nobilitie by armes, and it is meet for him that would be accoun­ted amongst Knights, to doe the act of a Knight: and it is required of a man to make honourable proofe of his person more than once, and to continue long in the warres, and to be knowne for a good Souldi­er, and to liue as well in time of warre as of peace honestlye, and in such sorte that it may be perceiued he intendeth onelye to bee a Souldier, and to make that his principall butte and drift.

And if in the studie of letters a man doe not attaine vnto any degree of honour or nobilitie, but with paines and watchinges of many yeeres, let him then thinke likewise that hopeth to innoble himselfe by armes, to sweate often, to endure manye heates of Summer, and cold of winter, to watch many nights, and to sleepe manye times in his armour vpon the hard ground, and to spend his blood, and by many hazardes of life, to manifest his prowes to the world: and when he shall haue perfourmed all these thinges, then he may thinke himselfe truelye noble (for those are noble that deserue to be known for their deeds) and that he cannot be refused for want of nobilitye. Now amongst Souldiers, a Souldier may fight with all sortes of men, as the heads of the squadrons, ser­iants, and others vnder the degree of their Captain, for his authoritie representeth signorie, and they maye also challenge them, and they are to answere them, being about any enterprise, and hauing degree by a Champion, but being returned to their priuate condition, I see no cause why they should not an­swere in person. And one Captaine maye challenge combate of another, except they be in place so vne­quall, as one may commaund the other.

And this is to be saide of all sortes of Souldiers, as well foote as horse, adding moreouer, that man of armes hauing beene in honorable and continuall exercise of warre, and liuing in all pointes as besee­meth a man of armes, challenging a particular Cap­taine of foote, is not to be refused, nor may he refuse any souldier seruing on foote.

And I am of opinion, that a Captaine of foote might challenge a Captaine of horse, but onelye that for the most parte those places are bestowed on no­ble personages, and the conducting of men of armes is also bestowed on right honourable men: and ther­fore in this case all conditions are to be considered, and the qualitie of the enterprises that they haue, for a Captaine of foot may haue so honorable a degree, or be of so honorable familye, that there could be no cause to refuse him.

And this which I haue spoken touching captains of foote, of horse, and of men of armes, of also to bee vnderstood of footmen twixt themselues, and horse­men also, be they either men of armes, or light horse. For besides their degrees of greatnes in warre, their degrees of nobilitie which wee haue spoken to be­fore in our treatise of noble men (if any they haue) are to be considered, and according to their greater or lesse inequalitye, they are equall or vnequall: which rule beeing generall giuen, may by men of vnderstanding easilye bee applyed vnto particular cases.

With what persons a Knight ought to enter Combate, and with what he ought not.

WE haue long waded through this spaci­ous discourse of chiualrie, seeking to set downe who ought to be denyed Com­bate, which matter is so large and copi­ous, as if a man would particularlye to euery mite discourse thereof, it would containe a greater volume then I intend to make, in the whole subiect of Duello, but it sufficeth me to haue pointed at the fountaine where water may bee fetcht: and to conclude with my opinion touching the dutie of a Knight, I haue in the beginning of this chapter tou­ched two principall heads: that is, who they are that ought to be cleane thrust from combate, and who are onelye to be refused, for in those two almost all con­trouersie of persons that enter or not enter Duello, are as it were conteined, forasmuch as the wicked and infamus persons ought to be refelled by knights: and they may be refused who for condition are vne­quall, and if a man would aske why we haue not said that in these two heads all are contained, but almost all, it is for that which we haue before spoken, of lear­ned men, and cleargye men, who are farre from the [Page]lists, not as refelled, nor as refused, but as priuiledgd, and as such to the qualitie and estimation of whose condition it is not meete, neither to challenge nor be challenged to proofe by armes, because their studie and exercise is far from the valour of the minde.

And to returne to our heads before propounded, I say, that to refel the infamous and wicked, is the du­tie and band of chiualrye, for a knight is bound to do so that he doe not bring in to the exercise of armes persons vnworthye to appeare amongst honourable persons, whereof by their own fault they haue made themselues vnworthye. Nor is there any credite to be giuen them in the proofe of armes, who are not receiued in ciuile testimonie: neither are dishonou­rable persons to enter into battailes, that are vnder­taken for honour sake.

And if any Knight should make a quarrell with any person vncapable of Duello, the Lords (as I haue said before) as well in right of chiualrie, as not for to suffer the field to be dishonored, ought not to graunt the combate.

The refusall is not of band of chiualrie, but of will of Knights, because that if a man will not enter com­bate with one of lesse condition then himselfe, hee may lawfully doe it, appointing a meane champion to decide the quarrel. But if a man would not respect degree, but would in person fight with one who for his condition or other defect were not his equall, he could not be said to do wrong to chiualry, but rather to honour it: forasmuch as chiualrie is not the ac­count of condition, but of valour.

And in the disputations of artes and more nob [...]e sciences, no mans linnage is respected but his worth, and therefore a man of base or high degree may bee valorous, and the honour of the listes, is not so much for ouercomming one borne of noble familie, as one that is knowne for a valiant man.

Againe, as great men account it no shame to bee called Knights with meaner men, so they ought not be ashamed to come together, to doe the oath of chi­ualrie: and if a man borne of a great familie, haue no respect to iniury another, I know not why by reason of his noblenes in blood, he may refuse to defend the same, and to maintaine it against him whom he iniu­red: and in case that combat were to follow vpon it, my iudgement is, that the iniurer or offender, how­soeuer we terme him, is to answere the other in per­son. And therefore as I thinke it a discommendable thing for an honorable person, to agree to make him­selfe equall to a person that for his vices were odious, albeit he descended of a noble race: so I repute it a knightly course, not to bee too curious in the diffe­rences of conditions, especially when they are not so diuers as may seeme, that the frog striues to be equall with the Oxe, (according to the tale.)

Again, I will adde another case, that as I wil com­mend him that should not so much respect the con­dition as the valour of him with whom he had quar­rell, so I would blame him, that being of a base estate would compare himselfe with euery great man, and would not acknowledge nor content himselfe with his owne condition.

And this I speak, not onely of those that are borne me [...]nely, but of those also that being borne of noble blood, are yet of a priuate condition, and in question of honour, would be equall with right honourable personages: for if they esteeme so much of them­selues for hauing blood, and being in their families of great Lords, they are to consider, that those Lords haue innobled those houses and that they haue re­ceiued their nobilitie from Lords, and if they haue receiued it from them, they are by so much lesse then they, by how much hee is greater that giueth ano­ther man nobilitie, than he that receiueth it.

Touching the appointing of Champions.

WE haue shewen great inequalitie of no­ble men, wherby the lesse cannot binde the greater to answere him in person▪ but because no mans greatnes can make it lawfull for him vniustlye to oppresse the lesser, without leauing him sufficient meanes to reuenge himself, and no man ought to make the sha­dowe of his nobilitie a pretence to be able secretlye to commit defectes, without yeelding reason for them. It is very necessarye, that as in them there is re­spect for the degree of nobilitie, so also it should bee of honour and iustice, to prouide a meet remedy for euerye priuate person, and that the lawe of chiualry [Page]should be inuiolably kept as well of great as of small. And therefore all such as by reason of some excel­lent degree of nobilitie, shall be found not bound to come in person into the lists with another, are also to know, that in question of armes which they shal hap­pen to haue with persons albeit priuate, that they shall be bound to appoint a Champion, who beeing lawfully ouercome or yeelding, he is likewise to be saide ouercome, that apointed him for his Cham­pion.

And in this pointe I will deliuer the opinion of Doctors, that in case where combate is to be doone by a Champion, such as doe present him, ought also to be present themselues, and bee helde vnder safe­garde, to the end that a mockery be not made of Du­ello, and that if their Champion loose the field, they doe not escape the iudgement.

The like also is to bee doone, when the quarrell is such, as the looser should be condemned in corporall punishment: but where other punishment is not re­quisite, then to be the vanquishers prisoner, it may sufficientlye suffice, that securitye bee giuen of the charges, and conuenient raunsome.

The lawes of giuing a Champion, are these: such ought to bee giuen as are not infamous, and are e­quall to them against whome they are to fight, and when one party should intend to appointe a Cham­pion, the other may likewise appoint one: But it is meete that he that will take benefite heereof, should vse such course in his writing, that hee loose not his prerogatiue or iurisdiction as we will terme it; for if [Page]a man by his writing should say that hee will defend the quarrell in his own person, and afterward would appoint a Champion, the contrary parte might with reason refuse it.

Againe, it is to be vnderstoode, that the Champi­ons on either side are to sweare, that they thinke to fight in a iust quarrell, and that they will doe their vt­most, as if themselues were interessed in the quarrell: and whatsoeuer Champion shall willinglye suffer himselfe to be ouercome, is to haue one of his hands cut off, and the aduersarye hath not ouercome, but the combate may be renued: and after that a Cham­pion hath been ouercome, he may not after that fight for any other, but for himselfe he may.

But I will not heere omit, that albeit that nobilitie doth priuiledge the greaters to appoint Champions, such yet may the cases be, that not onely a great man with an inferiour, but a maister with his seruant, and a Prince with his subiect is bound to fight in person: for seeing that promise is a band which equally bin­deth the Prince and subiect, so no greater or lesse band hath the one than the other: and whensoeuer one man shall oppose vnto another, any defect of promise and faith, he cannot vse his Champion, but the accuser is to trye the quarrell in person with the accused. And therfore when a Lord shall accuse his subiect or his seruant, of whatsoeuer condition hee be of violating his faith, or of women, or of treason a­gainst the state, he is to proue it in his proper person: and the like is also to bee obserued, when the subiect or seruant shall accuse his Lord.

But manye Lords haue no care nor consider not the oath and obligation of faith which they haue to­ward their subiects, but rechles of their faith, doe in­cessantly euery day commit newe defectes, and per­haps they think that their greatnes doth couer their defects, and do not perceiue, that by how much they are exalted aboue other men, by so much their faults appeare the greater: for wheareas they both by their example and lawes ought to instructs others in their life, they opposing themselues against lawes, do giue other men example of wicked liuing: and therefore seeing that the defect of faith is a defect so great in Lords, it is great reason that they should haue no pri­uiledge in quarrell of faith: and if it bee not to be graunted to Lords, much lesse is it to be graunted to persons of other qualitie or condition.

And further it is to be vnderstoode, that besides the inequalitie of nobilitie, there are also such man­ner of cases, that in respect of persons it is lawfull to appointe Champions, as if a man shall not bee of eighteene yeeres, or if he be decrepite, or sicke, or in such forte hindered in his bodye, as hee is not fitte to fight.

This is to be placed before the first chap­ter of Satisfaction.

Of the Duello or Combat.

HOw and in what manner the Duello or Combat hath bin vsed, they may knowe, that haue turned ouer the Records & Annals of passed ages. And seeing it is now long since out of custome, and not permitted by the lawes, I thinke it not necessarie to bee much spo­ken of in this place. I will onely saie this, that in times past it was had in verie reuerent account, and Gentle­men thought it an honorable qualitie to bee able to discourse of those points and rules that were agreed vpon amongst Princes, and by them approued, con­cerning free and open Combat. My intention is, to giue gentlemen warning how they appoint the field with their enemies, seeing it is not permitted by the lawes to bee done publikely, as by ancient custome it was wont to be allowed. For it may so fall ou [...], that a Gentleman hauing passed his word to meet his ad­uersarie in some secret place [...] [...] [...]ee hath valiantly wounded him, and reporte [...] [...] victorie of him in the appointed place, his sayd [...] [...]ersarie may accuse him of fellonie, and saie that hee robbed him, and so where the quarrell should haue an end he shalbe for­ced to enter into newe troubles, and begin againe. It [Page]may also so chance that his aduersarie hath ambushes prepared for him, & so he may be murdered, & being dead, his enemie may vaunt of hauing brauely con­quered him by right and valour. I haue my selfe kno­wen in Countries beyond the seas, two Captaines, the one named Faro, the other Montarno de Garda, the Lord of Mandelot, gouernour of Leon, met toge­ther, whereof the one trecherouslie minded, prayed the other to shew whether he was not priuily armed: whereupon as soone as Captain Montarno had ope­ned his doublet, he presently ranne him through, and seeing him fall downe dead (as hee thought) on the ground, returned into the citie with counterfeit glo­rie, as if he had done wonders, vntil by hap the poore Capteine was found by his friends yet liuing, to be­wraie the other Captaines villanie. Like examples many haue happened, and that not so far hence, but many vndoubtedly are acquainted with them. I woulde in lyke manner aduertise Gentlemen, of an euill custome which of late yeres hath installed it self amongst men of all sortes and nations: to bee deligh­ted with broiles and hurliburlies, to set men together by the eares, & cause qurrels betwixt friends, neigh­bours, and kinsfolke: whereas it was wont to bee a matter of great consequence, and of such nature, as it might not be oth [...] [...] decided, which should bring men so mortally [...] quarrell. Now vppon euerie occasion Armes are taken, and one friend for a word occasion Armes are taken, and one friend for a word will not only violate the sacred respect which ought to be zealouslie obserued in friendshippe, by turning [Page]their familiaritie into strangenes, their kindnesse into malice, & their loues into hatred, but also accompany this strange and vnnaturall alteration with a wicked resolution of seeking one anothers ouerthrowe, not resting till the enmitie be confirmed by fight, & fight ended by death.

O the reuerent esteeme and account wherin for­mer ages had the Combat! And why? Forsooth be­cause no Gentleman sought the ruine or destruction one of another, and neuer vndertooke tryall by the sword but in defence of his innocencie, and to main­taine his honor vnfained and blotlesse. Now malice and hatred ouerrunneth all, strife and rancor are the bellows of quarrels, and men vpon euerie light cause enter into more actions of defiance, than for any iust occasion offered in respect of iustice and honour.

One fault more, besides these which I haue alre­die mentioned, is fairely growen amongest vs, that if anie of our friendes saie to vs but one worde to this effect, Come will you go with mee, I must fight with such a one, and I knowe not what partakers hee hath, We are presently readie not onely to go wyth him our selues, but to drawe others into the minde with vs also, without any consideration had of the manner of the quarrell, how iustly or iniustly it grew, and so often times wee bolster [...] [...]gainst right: whereas wee should enter int [...] [...]ation of his cause, learne the quarrell, and [...] for the occasi­ons and causes of their falling out, and beeing ac­quainted therewith, though wee finde him to haue reason for his rage, (for I know not how els to terme [Page]that passion that leades men to that mortal re­solution, vpon what iust occasion soeuer) yet ought we not to accompany, nor to further him, no not to suffer him to fight, if the matter can possiblye by any other meanes be taken vp and ended: for so dange­rous a triall in my opinion, is to be reserued for such occasions as necessarily require it: and what or how many such there be, I leaue to be perpended and con­sidered by them that can best, discerne matters of so great waight: and so I will come to those pointes, which I imagine it will not be amisse heere to dis­course of.

Touching the satisfaction that ought to be made twixt Knights.

SEing wee haue already treated sufficientlie of Duello, as farre as is necessary for a Knight to vnderstande, mee thinketh it also verye conuenient to speake somewat of satisfacti­on, which is to bee made when a man knoweth he hath wrongfullye iniuried or charged a­nother. And before I proceede, I cannot but greatlye condemne an olde and common opinion, which is this: that when a man hath doone or spoken anye thing good or bad, he should defend and maintaine it for good, which opinion how it is to be approued, I will laye open for euerye man of vnderstanding to iudge.

Forasmuch as man is principally distinguished by his reason from brute beastes, as often as hee shall ef­fect any thing without reason and with violence, hee worketh like a beast, and is transfourmed euen into a verye beast, as those afore time did very well vnder­stand, who describing men metamorphosed into [Page]beastes, signified no thing els but that those men had done acts proper to those beastes, whereof they tear­med them to haue the shape.

Now then if men be turned into beasts by doing like beastes, we may also saye, that so long they abide in that fourm, as they continue in that action or opi­nion, and that their abode in that is so: and they haue no other meanes to dis-beast themselues (as I will terme it) than by acknowledging their fault, by re­penting and making amendes thereof, and a man should strictly follow reason, as the cheefe guide and mistres of his life: and if happily hee should at any time happen to offend (as it is common to man) hee should with all possible speede recall himselfe, seeing it is a heauenly thing to amend.

But to speake particularly of matters of chiualrie, we take the office and dutie of this degree to bee, to to help the oppressed, to defend iustice, to beat down the proud: where some cleane contrarily doe turne their sworde, the ensigne and armes of iustice, to op­presse reason, to cōmit iniustice, and to confound the truth: and this wicked opinion and peruerse cu­stome is so rooted in the common sorte, as they ac­count it a base thing for a man to proceede with rea­son, and to consent to equitie: but albeit they be ma­ny that follow this corrupt vse, yet the better sorte of spirites do approue that sentence which is preached. And I haue heard of Signor Luigi Gonzaga, who dyed Captaine of the Romish Church, whose valour hath beene so well knowne, as no man ought to think that euer hee was stayed from anye noble enterprise [Page]through the basenes of his minde, that he was woont to saye, that if hee should be knowne to haue spoken or doone any bad thing, for the which hee was chal­lenged to proue it by armes, rather then hee would fight for the false against the truth, and for the bad against the good, he would freely disclaime from it, and deny it.

And this no doubt is to bee helde a manlye and a christian like deede, for reason wils vs to doe so, and lawe and the dutie of the degree of chiualrye re­quires it, and all doctrine as well philosophicall as Christian, doth teach vs the same.

We are not to follow the opinion of the vulgare.

WEe see that the earth dooth naturallye bring forth vene­mous thinges, and thornes, and hearbes, and Plantes, ei­ther not profitable or hurt­ful, all which as a mother she dooth nourish, without any helpe of mans labour: but those that are good & profitable and helpful, she re­ceiueth with noisomnes like a stepmother, so as they haue need of continual culture & yeerly renouation. And that which wee see in the earth of the seedes of things, is likewise seene in men of good and badde [Page]mindes: for the bad through our naturall corruption is conceiued, receiued, and generally embraced of vs all: whereas the good is vnwillinglye receiued, and we stoppe our eares least wee should heare of it, for there belongeth great studie to vnderstand the truth, and much paines to bring to passe that our mindes bee capable of it: and therefore by how much the paines is the greater, by so much is to be said they are fewer that haue true knowledge of the truth: in which respect, it is no meruaile if the vulgare opini­on be so farre from the truth.

But because learned men haue distinguished mans condition in three sortes, the firste, such as of themselues are apt to seek out the truth, and they are tearmed the best: the second, such as finding them­selues vnapt for so good a worke, do obey others that doe truly admonish them, and they are called good: and the third, such as neither themselues know, nor will hearken to others, and they are fitlye called bad. Seing that euery man cannot be in the first place, yet wee ought to beleeue such men, whose authoritie and doctrine we finde approued, and to follow their direction, and to take heede least through our obsti­nacie wee fall into the last degree, which is of the wicked: which as wee are to performe in all manner of our liuing, so it is expedient to doe the like in the order of things of chiualrie, abandoning the vulgare opinion, and following the steps of those, who by valour and knowledge haue laide open vnto vs, the right waye, and gouerning vs by the lawe of reason, and not after the vanities of those, who rather by [Page]chaunce or by violence, then by any true course or iudgement of true vnderstanding, doe rule their own actions.

Of satisfactions in generall.

KNightes taking vpon them to deale of peace, ought cheefly to prouide that there be hope of the continu­ance thereof: which they are to doe with the least greeuance that may be of both parties, not burthenyng the one, for the ease of the other, or many times such things are demaunded, as are more heauye to the of­fender, than ease to the offended, and this is not a to­ken of seeking peace, but reuenge: and yet it is verye meete that when one is greeued in any thing, the o­ther that hath doone the wrong should be alike gree­ued: for if thou take from me, mine own reason com­maunds that thou make mee full restauration, euen with parte of thine owne.

But in wrongs committed, two thinges are com­monly woont to be considered, the thing whereby a man is wronged, and the manner how it was doone: for from the deede commeth the iniurie, and from the manner commeth the charge: as for example, Henry giueth the bastonata to Edward when hee had no cause to take heed of him, and after he hath giuen it: runneth away: in this action the stroke is the iniu­rie, [Page]and the charge is, that Edward is bound to proue that he did it shamefully. And to make them frends, Henry will saye that hee did Edward this iniurie vna­wares to him, and when hee had no cause to beware of him, and after hee had stricken him, hee went his way in such sorte, as Edward could not make suffici­ent reuenge, and that he is not a man of equal degree to charge him, nor wrong him, more then the other is to wrong him: and by these words manifesting the manner how hee wronged Edward, hee dischargeth him from the band of proouing this act to bee villa­nous▪ for there needs no proofe of that which is ap­parant, so as all the iniurie resteth on him, for which be he great or meane, it is an ordinary matter to aske him forgiuenes.

Moreouer the words according to conditions, the age, and profession of the parties, may alter & change it, that it be referred to the iudgement of the meaner. Some men would haue, that a man should confesse to haue done badlye or trecherouslye, for saying or doing such a thing, and doe not perceiue that the sig­nification of these words, is when a thing is done in a bad and euill manner: and therefore I would not haue any man make more account of words, then of the meaning of them: and after that by the meaning the offended is discharged, to seeke other wordes, is not to vnburthen himselfe, but to burthen the other more greeuously. But because there are two sorts of iniuries, the one by deeds, the other by wordes, wee will seuerally intreat of them both.

Of satisfackion of iniurye by deedes.

MAny I know are of opinion, that sa­tisfaction cannot be made by words for offences by deeds, wherein I am of contrarye minde, for this is not meerelye to bee considered, from woords to deedes, but by the gree­uousnes and greatnes of the shame that comes to him by the deede and the wordes, and by the shame that he accounts to himselfe, and that comes to him from others: for which of them will we repute more honourable or more shameful, he that is trecherously wronged, or he that cōmitteth it? and the like I mean also of disaduantage, by striking one behinde, and o­ther ill manner of outraging others.

In this case me thinketh there is no doubt, for nei­ther is his shame the greater that did the iniurie, nor his that receiued it, (according as wee haue saide be­fore) for if I confesse to haue committed a defect, and thou through my confession art iustified from not hauing done amisse, wherof shouldst thou not be sa­tisfied with asking forgiuenes I cannot conceiue any so hainous an iniurie, as in my iudgement such a sa­tisfaction may not suffice, especiallye seeing it hath euer been the vse of most gentlemanlike mindes, wil­lingly to forgiue.

But forasmuch as there wanteth not such, who in case of greeuous iniurie, would that a man should se­cretly be committed into their hands and discretion, I doe not see how it is the ready or honourable way to make agreement, for if the offended should by his owne hands take satisfaction, it seemeth hee dealeth discurteously, and by such manner of proceeding we haue seen that quarrels and enmyties haue not been ended, but redoubled: and if without other demon­stration this remission be accepted for amendes, the matter giueth suspect of a secret agreement betwixt them, which is preiudiciall to the honor of him that is wronged. But if one man should vnaduisedlye a­gainst his will offend another, and finding his errour, should yeelde himselfe and giue him his sworde, and put him selfe into his handes, vsing all humilitie and sorrowfulnes, and that he that was wronged without further adoe should embrace him and lifte him vp, I would account a most honourable act twixt them both: but the matter once waxt colde, and that it is dealt in by meanes, I cannot thinke that agreement may bee made by remission. And to confirme that which I saide, that words may be sufficient satisfacti­on for iniurie by deedes: I alleadge, that if happilye one man were mightilye outraged by another, and should write to him that hee meant to proue it, that he had doone a vile act, and like a bad man and ill knight: and the other answering him, should confesse as much, it is certain that no further quarrell should remaine, nor band of honour betwixt them.

Yea, and if being come to the listes, in making the [Page]articles twixt the Padrini, the Padrinio of the chal­lenged should agree to the forme of the quarrell, and confesse that to be true, which his aduersarye allead­ged, and that if the quarrel should cease, the combate likewise should cease: which if it be so, as indeede it is, I doe not see why those wordes, which in the car­tels and at the fielde may satisfie me, the same words should not likewise satisfie mee, in the presence of honorable persons, and of the same mine aduersarye being spoken, and he also asking me forgiuenes. And with these reasons I do firmely conclude, that words may satisfie iniurie by deeds.

Of the contradicting certaine vul­gare opinions or matters of satisfaction.

WE haue shewed before how greatly they are deceiued, that holde opinion, that after a man hath doone or spoken any thing good or bad, hee is to defend and maintaine it for good: and in the Chap­ter before we haue spoken of the fa [...]tie of that other opinion, that satisfaction cannot be made by words▪ to iniuries by deedes: in which opinion such as doe stand, alleadge authoritie from generall Captaines, who were wont to saye? hast thou stricken him? let him doe what hee list. Which saying, how farre it is [Page]worthy to be approued, may be perceiued from that which we haue already spoken. And I doe not think that any man of good vnderstanding, (if he shal truly know that he hath stricken another, either with his hand or cudgel) to make peace, wil say that he wron­ged him like a traitor, or shamefullye. But forasmuch, as wee haue seuerallye discoursed before of either of these opinions, now intreating of them both toge­ther, I affirme that from them may be known the fal­sitie of the vulgare opinion, so by common consent they are receiued for good▪ and yet if wee will with sincere iudgement consider them, we shall finde that one of thē doth repugne the other: for if I ought to maintain for good all that which I shal haue done, I shall not be able with my honour to say for the satis­faction of him that is wrōged, not only al that which hee will haue mee saye, but not so much as any one thing: and if I may say that which he will, it shall not be true that I ought to maintain for wel done, al that which I shal haue done. Now seeing that so manifest contrarietie is comprehended from so open contra­diction, they should also perceiue their errour, and perceiuing it, reclaime themselues from it: especially considering, that as these two opinions are contrarye twixt themselues, so reson is contrary to them both: and that surelye is a commendable & gentlemanlike opinion which is founded vpon law and reason. And according to this opinion are honorable persons and desirous of valour, to frame themselues, that no one thing is to be esteemed valorous or honourable, if it be not accompanied with reason.

Of satisfaction to bee made vpon iniurye by deeds.

SPeaking in particular of satisfactions that are to bee made, the foundation of them is to bee vpon truth, that whosoeuer hath done wrong, should confesse it, and whosoeuer hath rea­son in it, should maintaine it. And therefore whosoeuer being moued with iust disdain, and iust occasion, shall conuenientlye reuenge him­felfe against any man, hee is not to make other satis­faction, then to say, that he is soary to haue had occa­sion to haue vsed such an act against him, and that if he had done it without cause, he should haue doone ill or like a badde man, or not like a Gentleman, or knight, or such like wordes, and hee may also intreat him to be freends with him: and hee that hath giuen cause thereof to the other, acknowledging his fault, should content himselfe with as much as reason re­quires, and not continue in his errour, if hee will not (as was saide before) remaine transfourmed into a brute beast.

And if vpon anye woordes, two should fight, and one of them should be hurte, it were not to bee doubted that without further adoe they might not [Page]be made freends, for that blood doth wash awaye all blot, of which soeuer of them it was: nor can any of them be reproued of defect, when both of them did manifest a bolde and knightly minde.

And if it happen that one man should any way of­fend another, & that he which is offended should lay hand on his weapons, and the other should fly, albeit the offended could not come to him, hee that should flye were to bee condemned for a vilde man and a coward, and the other should be honoured: foras­much as honor is seated in the face and in the hands, and not in the shoulders and feete. But to come to be made freends, he should confesse his basenes, and ask forgiuenes of his offence.

And if one man should offend another not in any ill sorte, but wrongfullye, and the other doe not re­uenge himselfe being able to doe it presently, the of­fender according to the qualitie of the person offen­ded, shall confesse to haue doone wrong, or to haue done against reason, or such a thing as he ought not, or not like a gentleman: and in all these sortes yet he is to aske him forgiuenes thereof.

But if happilye twixt maskers (as often it happe­neth) not knowing one another, one of them bee in­iured, the amends should be to say, I knewe you not, and if I had knowne you, I would not haue doone so vnto you, but if I had doone it, I should haue doone discurteously, or villanouslye, or like a bad Gentle­man, asking pardon for it the like course is to be held when one man should offend another by night in the darke.

But I will not omit, that sometime a peace is made twixt men, which is not an agreement of the fact: as if I say that a man stroke me and hee denyes that hee toucht me, in such case the satisfaction may be, I strok thee not: and if I haue, I haue doone an ill deede, or such like words to this effect: and by such like exam­ples other cases may likewise be ruled. And to these and such like cases may be added those other wordes, which are commonly vsed twixt Knights, according as we haue made mention in the chapter of satisfac­tions in generall.

Of satisfaction to bee made vpon iniurye by word.

IT hath beene saide before, that the foundation of satisfactions dooth consist in the truth, and to confirme the same, when a man hath opposed against another any defect vntruly, hee ought to confesse that the mat­ter is not so as hee saide, and may alleadge in excuse of himselfe (if the truth be not opposite against it) that he spake it either thinking it to be so, or because it was tolde him, or els in choller: and if hee shall say that he thought so, he shall adde, he was deceiued, or that he thought amisse, and that he knoweth the truth [Page]to be otherwise: if he say it was tolde him, he shall say that he which tolde it him, saide not the truth: and if he say he spake it in choller, hee shall then say that he knoweth the truth to be other, that he is soarye for it, or discontented or greeued. And in this sort al words spoken maye be expressed and declared with a con­trary sence, as for example: I haue calde thee traitor, when I knew thee to be an honorable and iust knight: and as often as there is demonstration that the truth is contrarye to that spoken, hee that is iniured, is dis­charged. And if a man would not make mention of the iniurious wordes, if hee should reuoke them in such sorte as I haue saide, or with words of honoura­rable witnes, the change should neuertheles be taken away: and if one man should giue another the lye v­pon words of wrath, hee ought also to reuoke it. But if a man should make daintye, to saye I haue belyed thee, he might yet in another sorte honestly prouide for it, for he may say, I confesse the words true spoken by thee whereupon our quarrell is growen, or els he may expresse the very matter it selfe, and allowe it to be true: and I will not omit, that seeking meanes to make quietnes in controuersies, I haue sometimes so handled a matter, as I haue made agreement by such away, that he which gaue the lye, hath spoken to the other in this sorte: I would be glad to know of you with what minde you gaue me hard words the other day, whereupon I gaue you the lye, and I praye you resolue me heerein: and the other hath answered, to tell you the truth, I spake them in choller, and not v­pon any other occasion: and the first hath replyed, [Page]since you haue spoken those words in choller, I assure you that I meant not to haue giuen you the lye, vn­lesse you had spoken them with a deliberate minde, to charge me, and I saye that that my lye dooth not charge you, but rather I acknowledge you for a man of troth, and I praye you remember no discurteous words past betwixt vs, but hold me for your freend: and the other hath answered, and I do likewise iudge you a man of honor, beseeching you also to account me your freend. And this forme of satisfaction may bee applied to a thousand cases that happen daylye: and by this example other formes and rules maye be found according to the qualitie of the cases.

Moreouer, it dooth happen, that when a man is greeued at anothers ill wordes of him, hee denyeth that hee spake them, which some men make question whether it should be taken for a full satisfaction, for some would haue him say, I spake them not, but if I had done it, I had spoken falsely, or other like wordes of sence. And touching this doubt, me thinketh that if a man should speake ill of me, in denying to haue spoken it, he should greatly shame himselfe, but not­withstāding he should not giue me satisfaction, & yet he should be found to haue wronged me: & therfore it is not sufficient only to deny, but a further matter is conuenient. And if a man haue not spoken il, he may recite all things, and if he haue spoken it, he ought to saye something to satisfie the other, and the wordes which he is to say are these. I haue not spokē it, but if I had, I should haue spoken vntruth, or cōmitted that which I ought not, nor like a gentleman, or such like. [Page]But a gentleman should not be brought to deny that which hee hath spoken, but rather should confesse it, and make satisfaction: and if hee should not deny it to be true, but should say that in speaking it it, hee hath offended him, that hee should not haue spoken it, or that he did ill, and craue pardon for it, for in all cases where an offence is, it is requisite to ask pardon. And a man may also offend in speaking the truth, if his intent be to offend.

That it is no shame to giue ano­ther satisfaction.

FOrasmuch as we are to come ordi­narily to satisfaction by way of de­niall (for so will we tearme reuoca­tions of wordes, and confession to haue doone iniuriouslye) some per­haps may say, if deniall be so shame­full, as thereby (as you said before) a man is infamed, and may bee refelled in other quarrels by Knightes: how wil you if I haue spoken any false thing, or done ill thing, that I by denying should bring vpon me such an infamie? whereto albeit we haue sufficient­lye answered before, where wee shewed, that a man should rather remoue himselfe from error, then con­tinue in it obstinately: yet I affirme that there is great difference of that which is done in the listes through force of armes, and of that which is done abroad for [Page]loue of the truth: for one is forced, and the other vo­luntary: one for feare of death, the other for right of reason: the one condemneth a man for a bad Knight that would fight against iustice, and the other shew­eth that a man will doe any thing rather then take weapons in iniustice: and one sheweth, that he which hath once vndertaken to defend an ill quarrell, is like to doe it another time: and the other giueth testimo­nie, that renouncing the quarrell, not to fight wrong­fully, he will not be brought to take weapons but for a iust and lawfull occasion: and in summe, as one is the parte of a bad Knight and disloyall, so the other is the testimonie of sinceritie and true faithfulnes: for seeing that no man liueth without sinne, hee is more to be commended amongst men, that hauing com­mitted any errour, and knowing it, forth with repen­teth him of it, and seeketh to make true satisfaction: and a Knight that acknowledging his fault seeketh to amend it, dooth not onely not deserue blame, but is woorthy of much commendation: as hee who like a man gouerning himselfe by reason like a Knight, ta­keth iustice for his guide, and like a Christian obser­ueth the true law. For these reasons then all Knights ought to embrace it, and al Princes to esteem it high­lye, both the one and the other accounting no lesse the faith and puritie of the minde, then the pride and bodily strength. Forasmuch as strength is as profita­ble to mankinde, as it is gouerned by reason and in­tegritie, onely of it selfe sufficeth to gouerne innume­rable multitudes in peace, where force that is not ac­companied with ripe counsaile, is that which with [Page]the ruine of nations, ouerturneth all diuine and hu­maine lawes. And because I know that the vulgare sorte account satisfaction basenes, I will thereto an­swere no other, but that the choosing rather to fight wrongfully, then satisfie by reason, is iudged beast­lynes of euery man of vnderstanding.

Satisfaction done to one in Bur­gundie, by death for his insolencie.

A Certaine quarrel rose betwixt two Soul­diers which I knew very well, one a Nor­mand of Roan called Iames Luketo, a man very wel experienced in armes, who falling into some words with the other (being at Ge­neua) gaue him a boxe on the eare, wherupon he an­swered Luketo, that because hee knewe him to haue great skill in his weapon, which he had not, but bee­ing a souldier would fight, and challenged him for to meete him with his peece, and going to the Gene­rall of the armye, obtained leaue for the open fielde with his consent and the other commaunders: who were present at the action, and seeing that many dis­charges passed betwixt them, and yet neither of thē tooke any hurt, suffered them to charge their peeces no more, but sought to reconcile them againe, and make them freendes: whereupon it was agreed of [Page]both partes, that he of Geneua, to whom the boxe on the eare was giuen by Luketo, should in presence of the Generall and other Captains of the armie, strike Lucheto on the shoulder, and say I am satisfied, wee will be freends. But the Souldier of Geneua being of a stout stomacke, when hee came to doe as it was concluded, tooke Luketo a sound blow on the eare, which Luketo taking for a great iniurie beeing in that presence, and against the order set downe, drew his sworde presently and ranne him through, and so slew him out of hand, iustly rewarding him for his in­solencie: sure I thinke it was the iust iudgement of God, who vseth to shewe his iustice vpon them that are so insolent and full of contumacie and enuious malice, that not regarding neither what they passe their wordes for priuatelye among themselues, nor the intercession of noble Gentlemen and worthye personages, that seeke their safetie and welfare, care for nothing but the fulfilling of their headdynes and reuenging appetite.

My opinion concerning these reconciliations is, that it were not good in the making of them to al­low any signe of reuenge, to passe betwixt the par­ties that are to be reconciled, so that if satisfaction in the treating of any peace betwixt two fallen out, can be made by words, me things were not amisse that euen all tokens or signes of reuenge were auoyded.

Satisfaction vnto one that was tre­cherouslye hurt.

I Made mention aboue (vpon occasi­on) of two Captaines called Mon­tarno and Faro, the beginning of their quarrell you heard before, the end was such, Montarno being vn­gently and cowardlye hurt, accused Faro as hauing dealt with him not like a man, which Faro denying the deede, the matter could not be ta­ken vp betweene them, howbeit many gentlemen trauailed in it, but they appointed to meete one the other, hauing each of them a God father (as they call him) appointed him: wherupon the gentleman that was to go with Faro, being wise and circumspect, and a very honest man besides, saide vnto him when hee was going to encounter Montarno, looke what you doe, for you goe to a place, where God ouerthrow­eth the strongest, and giueth the victorye to the wea­kest if he fight iustly, and therefore if you haue offen­ded Montarno, make him satisfaction: whereunto Faro answered, why what satisfaction wil Montarno haue? wherupon it was agreed that Faro should con­fesse that hee esteemed of Montarno as of a braue gentleman and honourable Souldier, and that whi­lest he did vnbutten his doublet, he meant not to of­fer him iniurie howsoeuer if fell out, and therefore [Page]would gladlye haue him to bee his freend, and so the peace was made vp betweene them. But I thinke it a folly for men to trust their enemies, hauing their we­pons ready in their hands to iniurie or wrong them.

A peace made betwixt two noble­men, by the Archduke Charles, Sonne to the Emperour Maximilian.

THere were two Noblemen of account vnder Archduke Charles, Prince of Stiria, Carinthia, & some places in Cro­atia and of Friuli, who were both of the confines of Friuli, one of them being called the Earle Rimondo of Torre, with whome I haue serued in warres when he was Coronell of cer­taine companies of the Emperours in Croatia, a­gainst the Turkes, at which time the Christians had as famous a victorie, as likely hath beene heard of, by the industrie and valorous vertue of generall Perno­me, and the Lord Firinbergher. But to return to our purpose, the other noble man was called Lord Ma­thew Ouuer, they being both in mortal enmitie, one incensed against the other, were cause of much blud­shed, and the death of manye fine Gentlemen and Knights: which the Archduke Charles their Prince perceiuing to be a thing lamentable, caused both the [Page]noble men to be called to the Court, & placing them into sundrie lodgings about himselfe (desirous of his subiects welfare) separately to eache, and first to Ri­mondo, disswading him from his hostile minde and hatred towardes the Lord Mathew, and finding him verie obstinate and altogether resisting all peace and agreement, considering hee could not be reconciled with honor, and would rather die than make a peace ignominious vnto him. Whereupon the Archduke replyed, that if hee were resolued rather to die than to yeeld to his intreatie, hee should bee resolued and looke to himselfe, for he should die in deed, and with all called for an officer criminall to execute him pre­sently. Which soone moued the Lord Mathew to al­ter his resolution, and to promise the prince to bee friends with the Earle Rimondo: to whom he went also, and forced him in like manner to vowe friend­ship to the Lorde Mathew. The prince then hauing brought them both to consent to his purpose and de­mand, made them meete in his presence▪ where the Lord Mathew, (who had two verie excellent proper gentlewomen to his daughters) being the eldest spake first and said: Countie Rimondo, I am at peace with you, and accept you for my friend and sonne, and do giue one of my daughters in mariage vnto you, with a hundred thousand crownes: who accepted of the conditions, and so the peace was concluded to theyr great contentation, the princes great pleasure, and the ioy of all his subiects, without anie more bloudshed or mortalitie.

A dangerous Satisfaction between two Gentlemen, one called the Bianchi, and the other Neri, whereof issued great harmes.

I Reade in the historie of Florence, of two Gentlemen in the Citie of Pi­stoia, who were in verie straight league of amitie together, and ha­uing two sonnes, it happened as the two youthes kept companie toge­ther, that once playing at cardes they fell to wordes, and from wordes to blowes in the ende, and one re­turned home to his father hurt. His father that was not hurt, vnderstanding the whole matter, was verie sorrie that his friends sonne was hurt by his sonne, & rebuked him bitterly, and commanded him expresly vpon his blessing to go to his friende the youthes fa­ther whome he had hurt, and to aske forgiuenesse of him for hurting his sonne. Now he seeing the youth and his sonne, and not remēbring or considering the great amitie and friendship that was betwixt himself and the youthes father, caused his men to cutte off his right hande, and so sent him backe againe home to his Father, saying that deeds could not be recom­penced with wordes. Which act and vnciuill parte caused greate ruine and slaughter in Tuscane. [Page]They therefore that purpose to bee reconciled and make peace, or goe about to reconcile others and bring them in league, must take heed what they doe, and neuer trust to the discretion of him that is offen­ded, but see the conditions and points agreed vpon first, and if any one doe not keepe his promise, and do contrary to his faith & word passed, they themselues that are the mediators and dealers in the making of the peace, as louers of honor and iustice, to be reuenged of him, seeing such villanie and insolencie wor­thily punished, for such men are commonlye for the most parte cause of their owne ouerthrowe, of their parents and freends, and also of their countrie.

We read in histories of ancient times, that a King of the Persians dying, left two sonnes, each demaun­ding the Empire, and yet while the matter was a de­bating, they conuersed and liued together in al kind­nes and brotherly louingnes, till it was in the end de­clared by the peeres of the Empire, which of them was chosen and elected to be the King, which the o­ther tooke so well, that hee would not in any case be brought to think either vnkindely of his brother, or euill of the electors, he hauing what he aspired vnto, and they doing what they thought best and conue­nientest for the Countrie: Such discretion would doe well in all men, to cut from them manye incon­ueniences, debates, strifes and quarrels.

The nobility of Women.

HAuing discoursed of the inequalitie in nobility, and especially of priuate noblemen and gentlemen, I wil not take occasion now to say any thing of the meanes and maner whereby men rise vnto honour and dignitie, nor of the greatnes and nobilitie of kingdomes, pro­uinces and citties, considering that this matter hath been so largelye and laudablye handled by many, as appeares by the reading of the ancient and moderne histories, which are filled with discourses tending to this purpose: this I will onelye saye by the way, that those places haue beene famed for most noble, and had in greatest account, which haue produced bra­uest men, commended vnto posteritie for their vertue either intellectuall or actiue, morall or politicke, ciuile or militarie: and as places are made famous or enobled by reason of the excellēt men that are there borne, so also can no place how barbarous soeuer it be, drowne or darken the glorie and commendation due vnto a man ennobled by valour, prudence, or o­ther vertues whatsoeuer, as Anacharsis being noted by one to be a Scithian, answered as sharpely as rea­dily, true indeed by birth, but not by bringing vp: so that howbeit he was a Scithian borne, yet were his [Page]manners not barbarous, nor his life Scithian like, but deserued the commendation due to ciuile and vertu­ous education. But I will leaue the vertues and nobi­lities of men, and turne my speech to women, hoping they will not be offended with me if I discouer the vertues and noble disposition of their sexe, which be­ing such as deserue highest commendation, I vtterly disalow of their opinion, that not onely not attribute nobilitie vnto women, but also abridge them from power and abilitie, to ennoble and imparte nobilitie vnto others. We read of many excellent women both of high and low estate, in diuers histories, whose fame hath been carried through the world for rare vertue, some for valour, others for learning, others for wise­dome, others for chastitie, others for other singular vertues and commendable partes: manye Queenes and noble Ladies haue gotten great renown and be­come glorious for armes and warlike exploites: ma­ny haue had their names dedicated to euerlasting re­membrance euen by the memoriall of their owne pennes, hauing been most exquisite writers and pen-women themselues, both for prose and verse. In my opinion then are women greatly wronged by them that seeme to take from them power of transferring nobilitie to others, excluding them from so great an honor, they notwithstanding hauing great reason to be copartners with men therein: for excellency con­sisting in vertue of the body and the minde, and wo­men being endewed with both beautye and vertue, and seeing that women can learne whatsoeuer men can, hauing the full vse of reason (or else nature who [Page]doth neuer do any thing in vaine) should haue to no purpose giuen them the gifte of vnderstanding: I thinke they deserue fellowship and communing in honor with men, considering nature hath bestowed on them aswel as on men, meanes to attain vnto lear­ning, wisedome, and al other vertues actiue and con­templatiue: which is made manifest by the example of many that haue cōfirmed the opinion of their va­lour and excellencie, by their rare vertue, and almost incredible prowes. And to recite the worthy actes of some, I will wholye commit and passe by the Ama­zones, their story being counted fabulous, and men­tion some, whose valiant & vertuous acts haue been recorded in true histories, aswell of olde times, as of our times. The king Argus hauing by reason of long continued wars great want of men, Theselide a wo­man of a cittie wherin Argus was besieged by Cleo­menes king of Lacedemony, prouoked the other wo­men in the cittie to take armes, and leading them out at the gates, deliuered the Cittie from siege, and put their enemies to shameful flight. I wil not heer speak of the valour of Artemisia, of Isicrate, of Semira­mis, of Tomiris, of the women of Lacedemony, of Debora, of Iudi [...]h, and other vertuous and magnani­mous, yea holye and sacred Ladies, whose historyes are contained in the holy Scripture: but I will come vnto those whose life was not so long since, but that we may well remember them. About the time that the Englishmen vnder Charles the 6. had brought in subiection the gretest part of that kingdom, there was a yong maidē called Iane Pulzela, daughter to a shep­h [...]ard of the Duke of Loraine, who not yet reaching [Page]to the fifteenth yeere of her age, was accounted to be a Prophetesse, and of many helde to be a witch, but this maketh not to the purpose: the King beeing in great doubt of his fortune, sent or her to know whether he should lose the rest of his kingdome also or no, and hauing answere that hee should become victorious in the end, gaue the more credite vnto it, because many of his noblemen assured him that she had the spirite of prophecie, recounting many things vnto him which she had declared in priuate mens e­states. Afterward she tooke armes her selfe, and beha­ued her selfe in such sorte among the other Captains and men of armes, that in a verye shorte time she was made Captaine generall of the whole armye, and be­ing armed and mounted on a barbed horse, in such sorte as she was not knowne but to be a man, made a sally with all her troupes both horse and foote, and assailing the enemie with an vndaunted courage, fol­lowed her enterprise with suche valour and pru­dence, that she freed the Cittie of Orleance from the siege, being her selfe shot through the shoulder with an arrow: thence she led her companye to Troe in Campanie, where beeing encamped, against the ex­pectation of all the Captaines and Souldiers, tooke the cittie in very shorte time, and caused Charles the seauenth to be crowned in Rheymes, as the ancient custome is, hauing first deliuered the cittie from the siege which the enemie had laide vnto it. Shortly af­ter battering Paris, and clambring on the walles as being famous amongst the stoutest Souldiers, not­withstanding her legge was pierced quite through [Page]with an arrowe, gaue not ouer the enterprise for all that, but persisted till she had effected it. Petrarch writeth, that he knewe a damsell at Pozzuelo called Marie, who borrowing the habit of a yong man, af­ter the fashion men wore their apparell there, armed her selfe and was euen the firste that fought with the enemie, and the last that retired: Vrsina wife vnto Guido the cheefe of the house of Torrello, vnder­standing how the venecians had laid siege to Guaste­lla a castle of her husbands, hee being abroad, armed herselfe, and led a companye of men to the place, and spoyling many Venecians, defended the Castle. Margaret daughter to Valdiner King of Suetia, and wife to Aquinus King of Norway, remained inheri­trix vnto these Kingdomes in the right of her hus­band and of her father, and in the right of her sonne Olaus also of Dacia, but the Duke of Monopoli wa­ging warre against her, shee encountred him with a mightie armie, defeated his forces, tooke him priso­ner, and led him in her triumph after the solemn or­der of the Romans.

Mahomet King of the Turkes, waging warre a­gainst the Venecians, sent a great armie vnder the conduct of one of his generall Captaines, to take the isle of Metelino, and besieging Coccino very strong­ly, the inhabitants issued and fought verye valiantlye against the Turkes: in the same Cittie was a young maide, who seeing her father slaine by the Turkes in this fight, and the Citizens beginning to fainte and feare, got into the former companies, and skirmished so couragiouslye with the Turkes, that all the Citi­zens [Page]ashamed to see themselues ouercome in stout­nes and courage by a simple girle, tooke hart and vtterlye destroyed their enemies, and saued the Cittie.

Bona Lombarda, first seruant and afterward wife to Petro Brunoro of Parma, being in the warres that the Venecians had against Francesco Sforza Duke of Millaine, after Pauono a castle in the territories of Brescia was taken, with her courage and gallant for­wardnes recouered it againe.

Margaret wife to Henry King of England, and Si­ster to Renatus King of Naples, being informed that her husband was overcome in battaile and taken pri­soner, presentlye gathered certaine companies toge­ther, and leading them to a place wherby the enemie was to passe, encountred him, ouercāe his camp, and pursuing them that fled with her husband the King, slewe an infinite company of men, and in the end sa­ued him, and returned home with him, and got him this most glorious victorie.

I remember that I being a youth, a freend of mine sonne to a Trumpet that was in pay vnder the Cap­taines of the signorie of Venice, was with a certaine cosin of his set vpon by eleuen other yong men that were their enemies, which his mother perceiuing, took a Partisan in her hands, and defended her sonne and cosin, and sorely wounding fiue of their enemies made the rest to flye.

Being in Rauenna, I sawe in one of the Churches the carued image of a Ladie, who, being wife to a Gentleman that was cheefe of the house of Raspo­ni, [Page]had euer in her life time accompanied her hus­band in all his warres, and atchiued immortall fame by her prowesse and valour.

I was in Lombardie on a daye which was gene­rally solemnised, according to the custome ouer the whole Countrie, and it happened at that time, that there was a great quarrell betweene two rich houses, among the Farmers and countrymen of that place, the one part of which were called the Romani, and the other the Ferrarisi, both beeing vnder the Duke of Ferrara, and meeting on this vniuersall feast daye at a village called Trefenta, one of the Romani shot a Pistole at the cheefe of the Ferrarisi, and thinking to haue wounded him, missed him and hurte one of the Ferrarisi their wiues, who was of so valiant a di­sposition, that howbeit she was shot quite through, yet said nothing to her freends, nor complained of it, leaste they should haue lefte their enemies and come to help her, and so many of them might haue in meane while been spoyled by the aduerse parte, but snatching a weapon out of one of the country­mens handes, slewe him that had shot her, and his fellowe that fought by him, and so fell downe her selfe, not able to performe any more, liuing but foure daies after.

I haue read in the Cronicles of France, that two great men growing to be enemies, for the dukedome of Bretagne, the one pretēding an estate in the same, in right of his father, as being his by inheritance, the other claiming interest in it by the right of his wife, as her doury, &c. one of thē was much fauoured by the [Page]King of Fraunce, and the other of the King of Eng­land: these two rising vp in arms, one of them whom the King there least fauoured, was taken and put in prison, and the Frenchmen began to spoile his coun­trie, and take his tenantes, and comming to a Cittie where the Lady was, wife to him that was taken, be­sieged it, and often assailed it though in vaine, for she like a right valiant gentlewoman, and of a manly cou­rage, prouided that not one woman in the Cittie should bee idle, but bring her helping hand for the defence of the Cittie, and maintenance of their ho­nour, causing some to make instruments of pitch and tarre and fire workes, others to bring stones, seething water, and other things necessary at that instant and necessitie: and very oftentimes issued very valorous­ly and brauelye, and firing her enemies tentes, put them to great losse and confusion, slaying manye of them, but they daylye receiuing new supplies from the King, she was forced to send for some succour to the King of England, for which whilest she staied, they draue her to many inconueniences, for the people began to mutter and to mutinie within the Cittie, finding great want and scarcitte, by reason whereof many dyed, and she was much sollicited and importuned to deliuer vp the Cittie to the ene­mie, and not knowing how to answere them, she de­sired them to staye for Gods mercie but so manye dayes, (limiting a certaine time) and if no aide came in the meane while, then shee would doe their re­quest: those daies being expired, whilste shee was he­uilie musing what answere to make her citizens, that [Page]had verye earnestlye besought her againe to render, spyed the English nauie on the seas, and calling them to her window, comforted them with that sight, and caused all things to be prepared and made in a readi­nes, that when her English freends were landed and should assault the enemy, she might with her compa­nies make a sallie to meete them and bid them wel­come, to the destruction and vtter ouerthrow of her enemies, which shee did, and slewe so manye of the Frenchmen, that all the countrie was amazed there­at, and shee maintained warres against them a long time after.

I haue read in the histories of the Turks, how that Selim Sultan hauing obtained the Empire after hee had poysoned his Father and strangled his Brother Corcut, who was a Philosopher, with a mightye ar­mye pursued his Brother Accomat, whom the King of Persia Vsan Cassano much fauoured and holpe with men, prouision, and monye: but the Bretheren meeting together, and the victorie being very doubt­full a great while, in the end Selim Sultan ouercame by the valour of his Ianizaries, for the Persians ha­uing with their horses broken quite through the whole battaile, and entring on the Ianizaries in the middest of whom the Turke Selim Sultan was gar­ded, they discharged a volly of shot vpon the Persi­ans, who vnused to heare such a noyse, were wonder­fullye dismaied, and instantlye forced to take their flight, by which meanes Sultan Selim obtained a wonderfull great victorie, and his brother Accomat was strangled by his Ianizaries, who after the fight [Page]was done, found among them that were taken and dead, an infinite company of Persian Gentlewomen that were come all armed as Knightes, to fight with their husbands, but Selim Sultan caused the dead to be solemnly buried, and those who were saued, to be sent home to their Countries very honourably.

In the yere 1571. at the time that Selim Emperour of the Turkes, and father to Amurat that now liueth, waged war against the Venecians, the Bassa that was generall by Sea, went to the cittie Raguzi in the Isle of Carsola, and began to batter it, which the cittizens perceiuing, and fearing the danger, fled with their goods & such things as they made most account of, into the Isle, and left none but women at home, who chosing rather to dye then fall into the Turks hands, went valiantly to the walles, and one of them putting fire to a peece of Ordinance, strooke away with the bullet the lantern of the Bassa, wherupon he hoisted sayle and fled, and so the cittie was saued.

In the time of Charles the fifth, and Francis King of France, they hauing souldiers in Italy, by reason of the discention and factions among the Italians, the citie of Siena was besieged, where a gentlewoman of the house of Picholhomini was made Coronell of 3000. other women, and atchiued wonderfull mat­ters, to the astonishment of al the people. I haue been toulde by diuers, of a Portingall gentlewoman that for religions sake about 4. yeeres now past, left of the apparell of her sexe, and went as a souldier into Bar­berie, where she behaued her selfe so resolutelye, that she was in short time after made a Captaine, and be­came [Page]very famous, fearfull to her enemies, and great­ly esteemed of her freends: in the end she chanced to go to confession, and bewraied her sex to her confes­sor, who tolde her that it was a great sinne to delude the worlde, in taking vpon her the person of a man, which she could not do without offending God: be­sides this, he told the Bishop of it, and the whole mat­ter was known through the Country where she was: wherupon diuers noblemen knowing her to be a woman, desired to be maried vnto her, but shee refused them, in regarde that she had euer loued a nephew of the Bishops, and conuersed with him very priuately before she was known, and therefore being discoue­red, would not marry any one but him, for that shee would admit none to that neer point of acquaintāce as he was, but him that should be her husband, being of as good a disposition that way, as shee was in mat­ters of valour and courage. She was seene afterward in Lishbone apparelled like a woman, but armed like a knight, leading a troupe of men, the conducting of which she had obtained for her husband.

It were a worke infinite for me to rehearse all such famous Ladies as haue been renowmed for their ver­tue, neither were it possible for any man truelye to make a collection of all their gallant deeds, seing they are in number so exceeding: but as I haue mentio­ned and called to remembrance some who were ex­celling in magnanimity, courage, and greatnes of the minde, so will I now also set downe the names of some that passed in greatnes of vnderstanding, and excelled in intellectuall vertues.

Saffo of Lesbos was inferiour to few Poets in that Arte, and superiour to many. Erinna wrote a Poeme in the Dorike tung, compared to Homers diuine worke. Corina fiue times put downe Pindarus that great Poet. Pythagoras learned many thinges of his sister Themistoclea, and his daughter Dama was so excellent in learned misteries, that shee commented and expounded the difficulte places in her Fathers workes. Areta of Cirena, after the death of her Fa­ther Aristippus, kept the schoole while she liued, and read Philosophie lector dayly, and wonderfullye en­creased the auditorie. Leontia wrote against Theo­phrastus Aristotles scholler. Hipatia was very skilfull in Astronomie, and professed it publiquelye a long time in Alexandria. But to leaue the Grecian Gen­tlewomen and come to the Italian, Sempronia of Rome, was excellently well spoken both in Greeke and Latine, she was a fine Poet and wrote very sweet­ly. Cornelia Africanus his wife, was nothing inferi­our vnto the former: nor Hortensia who was in ve­ritie her Fathers true heire, in eloquence and Orato­rie. Sulpitia a Roman Lady, in Heroical verse, deplo­red the pitifull time of Domitian the Emperour. In our times we haue heard of Russuida of Saxony, who was excellent in the tunges, and hath written diuers treatises and Poems, very commendably. Batista el­dest daughter to Galeazo Lord of Pessaro, made ma­ny excellent proofes of her learning, and wrote ma­ny pamphlets. In the same Cittie of Pessaro was a gentlewoman called Laura Brenzara, who hath wri­ten many verses both Latin and Italian, and was ad­mirable [Page]for her excellencie in making of Orations and extemporall speeches in both tungs, Latine and Italian. At Padua where I was borne, in my time was a Gentlewoman of good reckoning, that profes­sed the ciuile lawe publiquelye, came dayly into the colleges and schooles, and disputed with all the Doc­tors and schollers of the vniuersitie. Cassandra a gen­tlewoman of Venice, was commended for great skill in languages, and spake very eloquently, she could al­so write very wel, as apppeered by diuers bookes she hath set forth, among which hath been known a book of the order of the sciences.

But I wil content my selfe, hauing produced these examples, in proofe of the valour and vertue of wo­men, concluding with onely one more, which as the best, I kept to be last: heerein imitating the best ora­tors, who euer reserue the strongest argumentes for the last. These lines therefore shalbe adorned and honoured with the name of this most glorious Prin­cesse Elizabeth our gracious Queene, whose fame hath built her towers of triumphes, euen in Coun­tries farthest remoued from her, and forced her very enemies in the storme of their malice and spite, to praise her name, to admire her mercifulnes and wise­dome, and to feare her power: this is such a manifest and worthy example of womanly worthines and fe­minine perfection, that the perfectest men must by truths enforcement acknowledge themselues most vnperfect, in regarde of the meanest perfection that heauen most bountifullye hath bestowed on her sa­cred maiestie, who liueth yet renowmed through [Page]the whole worlde, the Sunne of Christendome, and the onely Starre wherby all people are directed to the place which aboundeth in peace, religion and ver­tue: she being a Princesse trulye accomplished with all vertue both morall and intellectuall, with greatnes both of minde and vnderstanding, and with heauen­ly wisedome to gouerne royallye both in peace and warres, to the credit and glory of all her sexe. God of his mercy maintain her life in much prosperity, euen a whole eternity, that as her vertue is heauenlye and immortall, so shee her selfe may neuer dye, but when the world and all must perish, be car­ried vp to heauen by holye Angels, there to liue in Gods eter­nall glory.

FINIS.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. Searching, reading, printing, or downloading EEBO-TCP texts is reserved for the authorized users of these project partner institutions. Permission must be granted for subsequent distribution, in print or electronically, of this EEBO-TCP Phase II text, in whole or in part.